smart #1 (2022-) — Reference

Workshop and reference excerpts for smart #1 (2022-) in the Reference system.

201 excerpts from 2 sources.

Sources on this page

• Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf — 200 excerpts
• uk.smart.com/en/models/hashtag-one/ — 1 excerpts

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf

Indicator and warning lamps.................8

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 2 · Applies to: #1

FAQ................................................ 10 At a glance ...................................... 13 Interior ........................................... 13 Cockpit ........................................ 13 Warning lamps and indicator lamps .......................................... 14 Overhead control panel ................... 16 Door control panel and seat adjustment................................... 17 Exterior........................................... 18 Exterior equipment......................... 18 Emergency and malfunction ............. 19 General notes .................................. 20 About this Manual ............................. 20 Printed User Manual ....................... 20 How to acquire the complete User Manual......................................... 20 User Manual application .................. 20 About the vehicle.............................. 21 Environmental protection ................ 21 Take-back of end-of-life vehicles ....................................... 21 smart genuine parts ....................... 22 Operating safety............................ 22 Diagnostics connection ................... 23 smart Authorized Service Partner ........................................ 24 Vehicle registration ........................ 24 Correct use of the vehicle ................ 24 Declaration of conformity.................... 24 Electromagnetic compatibility................................. 24 Radio equipment in the vehicle......................................... 24 Data storage .................................... 26 Vehicle data record ........................ 26 Online service................................ 27 Occupants safety.............................. 28 Safety system .................................. 28 Overview of the safety system......................................... 28 Malfunctioning safety system ........... 28 Functions of the safety system in an accident....................................... 28 Seat belts........................................ 30 Protection provided by the seat belt............................................. 30 Notes on the seat belts ................... 30 Pregnancy safety ........................... 32 Fastening the seat belts.................. 32 Releasing a seat belt....................... 32 Seat belt pretensioner .................... 32 Seat belt load limit ......................... 33 Second row seat belts..................... 33 Seat belt reminder ......................... 33 Airbags ........................................... 33 Overview of the airbags................... 33 Airbag warning notes...................... 34 Protection provided by the airbags ........................................ 35 State of the passenger airbag.......................................... 35 Enabling and disabling passenger airbag.......................................... 36 Traveling safely with children in the vehicle............................................ 36 Notes on traveling with children in the vehicle......................................... 36 Detecting risks, avoiding dangers ....................................... 37 Suitability of the seats for attaching child restraint systems.................... 39 Notes on installing a child restraint system......................................... 42 Fitting an ISOFIX or an i-Size child restraint system ............................ 43 Attaching TOP TETHER to the front passenger seat.............................. 43 Attaching TOP TETHER to the second row seat....................................... 44 Contents 1

Installing seat belt-secured child

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 3 · Applies to: #1

restraint systems........................... 45 Notes on installing a child restraint system on the front passenger seat ............................................ 46 Child lock ..................................... 46 Traveling safely with pets in the vehicle............................................ 47 Notes on pets in the vehicle ............. 47 Opening and closing.......................... 48 Key ................................................ 48 Overview of the key functions...................................... 48 Find My Car................................... 49 Enabling/Disabling Lock Sound.......................................... 49 Enabling/disabling Double Click Unlock ......................................... 49 Removing and installing the mechanical key ............................................. 49 Replacing the keyfob battery............ 49 Problems with the keys ................... 50 Doors ............................................. 51 Unlocking/opening the doors from inside .......................................... 51 Unlocking/locking the vehicle from the central lock................................... 51 Unlocking/locking the vehicle with Keyless Entry ................................ 51 Approach to Unlock/Walk Away to Lock ............................................ 51 Automatic lock on drive................... 52 Automatic unlock in case of emergency ................................... 52 Automatic unlock when parked......................................... 52 Unlocking/locking the doors with the mechanical key.............................. 52 Double lock................................... 53 Liftgate........................................... 53 Opening the liftgate........................ 53 Closing the liftgate ......................... 54 Foot kick power liftgate................... 55 Setting the liftgate opening angle........................................... 55 Unlocking the liftgate mechanically................................. 56 Windows ......................................... 56 Opening and closing the windows ...................................... 56 Window anti-pinch ......................... 57 Controlling the windows from the centre display......................................... 57 Convenient opening........................ 57 Convenient closing ......................... 58 Problems with the windows.............. 58 Sunroof........................................... 58 Opening and closing the sun shield .......................................... 58 Anti-theft protection ......................... 59 Anti-theft system .......................... 59 Enabling/disabling the anti-theft protection .................................... 59 Disabling the triggered anti-theft alarm........................................... 59 Steering wheel lock ........................ 60 Motion and tilting alarm .................. 60 Vehicle intrusion alarm.................... 60 Seats and stowage............................ 61 Seats.............................................. 61 Notes on the correct driver’s seat position ....................................... 61 Electrically adjusting the front seats........................................... 61 Adjusting the 4-way lumbar support........................................ 62 Adjusting the second row seats........................................... 63 Folding/unfolding the second row seat backrests ..................................... 63 Head restraint............................... 64 Setting Easy Entry/Exit ................... 64 Steering wheel ................................. 65 Manually adjusting the steering wheel .......................................... 65 2 Contents

Memory function............................... 65

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 4 · Applies to: #1

Notes on memory function ............... 65 Seat memory function..................... 66 Stowage space ................................. 66 Notes on loading the vehicle............. 66 Interior stowage spaces .................. 67 Opening or closing the boot cover........................................... 68 Boot separator (if equipped)............. 68 Overview of the boot hooks.............. 68 Luggage retention buckle for boot ............................................ 69 Notes on the roof rails..................... 69 Sockets........................................... 69 Using the 12 V power supply............. 69 USB................................................ 70 USB port ...................................... 70 Mobile phone wireless charging ........... 70 Notes on wireless charging .............. 70 Charging mobile phones wirelessly (if equipped).................................. 71 Floor mats ....................................... 71 Floor mats .................................... 71 Light and vision................................ 73 Exterior lighting................................ 73 Information about the lighting system and your responsibilities ................. 73 Light switch.................................. 73 Operating the combination switch ......................................... 73 Turning on/off the hazard warning lights........................................... 74 Illumination delayed turnoff ............. 74 Approach lighting .......................... 74 Automatic turning on/off of the lighting........................................ 75 Headlamp leveling adjustment................................... 75 Adaptive front illumination system......................................... 76 Adaptive High Beam ....................... 77 Automatic High Beam...................... 77 Rear fog lamp................................ 78 Reversing lamp.............................. 78 Emergency brake light flash ............. 78 Courtesy light ............................... 78 Interior lighting ................................ 79 Adjusting the interior lighting........................................ 79 Adjusting the ambient lighting........................................ 79 Windscreen wipers and washer system............................................ 80 Operating the front wiper ................ 80 Operating the rear wiper ................. 80 Rear wiper auto activation setting......................................... 81 Front wiper maintenance mode........................................... 81 Replacing the front wiper blades ......................................... 81 Replacing the rear wiper blade........................................... 82 Rearview mirrors............................... 82 Adjusting the outside rearview mirrors ........................................ 82 Automatic anti-dazzle of the outside rearview mirrors ............................ 82 Automatic anti-dazzle of the inside rearview mirror.............................. 83 Adjusting the inside rearview mirror manually ...................................... 83 Outside rearview mirror folding......................................... 83 Angle down exterior mirrors when reversing...................................... 83 Sun visors ....................................... 84 Operating the sun visors ................. 84 Climate control system ...................... 85 Overview of the climate control system............................................ 85 Physical buttons of the climate control......................................... 85 Climate control interface on the centre display......................................... 85 Contents 3

Operating the climate control

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 5 · Applies to: #1

system............................................ 85 Turning on/off the climate control......................................... 85 Setting the climate control to AUTO........................................... 85 Adjusting the air flow direction ...................................... 86 Setting the air circulation mode........................................... 86 Front windscreen defrosting ............ 86 Rear windscreen defrosting.............. 86 Enabling/disabling the front seat ventilation (if equipped)................... 86 Climate control setting.................... 86 Operating the climate control ........... 86 Air vents ...................................... 87 Armrest box ventilation................... 88 Vehicle charging............................... 89 Charging the high voltage battery ........................................... 89 Notes on high voltage battery charging ...................................... 89 Vehicle charging port and charging methods ...................................... 90 Travel schedule ............................. 90 Function of the charging port indicator ...................................... 91 Start charging ............................... 92 Stop charging................................ 93 Unlocking the charging gun in an emergency ................................... 93 Vehicle discharging ........................... 94 Vehicle discharging port location........................................ 94 Notes on using the vehicle as a power source ......................................... 94 Vehicle as power source .................. 94 Driving and parking .......................... 96 Driving............................................ 96 Notes on electric vehicles ................ 96 Energy Regenerative Braking............ 96 Notes on driving ............................ 97 Starting the vehicle ........................ 98 Powering off the vehicle .................. 99 Functions of s-Pedal....................... 99 Recommended practices.................100 Winter driving ..............................101 Drive modes....................................101 Overview of the drive modes ........................................101 Selecting a drive mode...................102 Gear shift .......................................102 Steering column gear selector ......................................102 Parking ..........................................103 Parking the vehicle........................103 Electric parking brake ....................104 Parking assist ..............................104 Front parking assist.......................106 Rear parking assist........................106 Automatic Parking Assist (APA) ..........................................106 Parking in a parking space ..............107 Parking Emergency Brake (PEB) (if equipped).................................108 Driver assistance and driving safety system...........................................109 Driver assistance systems and your responsibilities.............................109 Driver assistance system sensors.......................................109 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ..........................................110 Electronic Brake Distribution (EBD) ..........................................111 Brake assist .................................111 Post Impact Braking (PIB)................111 Electronic Stability Control..............111 Electronic Stability Control Sport Mode..........................................112 Park Assist 360 Camera ..................112 Power assisted steering .................113 Autohold .....................................113 4 Contents

Cornering Brake Control .................114

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 6 · Applies to: #1

Hill Assist ....................................114 Hill Descent Control (HDC) ...............114 Low speed warning .......................115 Speed Limiting (LIM).......................115 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) ..........................................115 Highway Assist (HWA).....................119 Traffic Jam Assist (TJA)...................122 Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) ...............123 Lane Change Assist (LCA) ................125 Automated Lane Change Assist (ALCA) (if equipped)....................................126 Front Collision Mitigation (FCM) ..........................................127 Front Cross Traffic Alert (FCTA).........................................129 Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA).........................................131 Door Opening Warning (DOW) .........................................132 Evasive Maneuver Assist (EMA) (if equipped)....................................133 Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR)...........................................133 Driver Monitoring System (DMS)..........................................134 Driver display .................................136 Driver information display..................136 Notes on the driver information display........................................136 Overview of the driver information display........................................136 Operating the driver information display........................................137 Warning lamps and indicator lamps .........................................138 Head-up display ..............................141 Notes on the head-up display........................................141 Overview of the head-up display........................................141 Enabling/disabling the head-up display........................................142 Enabling/disabling the snow mode..........................................142 Adjusting the head-up display........................................142 Centre display.................................144 Overview and operation.....................144 Notes on operating the centre display........................................144 Overview of the centre display........................................144 Overview of the steering wheel buttons.......................................146 Shortcut interface............................146 Shortcut interface.........................146 Function area...............................147 Message area...............................147 Mode selection area.......................147 Ambient lighting theme selection area ...........................................148 Setting interface..............................148 Overview of the setting interface .....................................148 Quick controls ..............................149 Ambient light ...............................149 Lights.........................................150 General .......................................150 Driving assistance.........................151 Vehicle settings............................152 Vehicle condition ..........................153 System .......................................153 Energy management.........................154 Overview of the energy management................................154 Charging and discharging ...............154 This trip ......................................155 Trip............................................155 Navigation and traffic .......................155 Navigation...................................155 Multimedia......................................156 Overview of the multimedia.............156 Contents 5

Local radio...................................156

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 7 · Applies to: #1

Bluetooth music............................157 USB music ...................................157 Sound effects...............................158 smart Companion.............................158 Voice control................................158 Phone............................................158 Phone function .............................158 Light show......................................159 Light show function.......................159 Personal centre ...............................159 Personal centre function ................159 Smartphone integration ....................160 Apple CarPlay (if equipped)..............160 Android Auto(If equipped) ...............161 Breakdown assistance......................164 Emergency equipment ......................164 Using a safety vest........................164 Warning triangle ...........................164 Fire extinguisher fitting point ..........................................164 Fire extinguisher...........................164 Flat tyre.........................................165 Stowage location of the tyre repair kit..............................................165 Tyre repair kit ..............................165 Jump start the vehicle ......................165 Notes on jump start.......................165 Vehicle jump start .........................166 Vehicle transporting .........................167 Vehicle transportation methods .....................................167 Towing mode ...............................167 Fitting the tow bar ........................168 Wheels and tyres.............................170 Notes on the wheels and tyres............170 Notes on noise or abnormal handling......................................170 Notes on regularly inspecting the wheels and tyres ....................................170 Notes on snow chains ....................170 Tyre pressure..................................171 Notes on the tyre pressure .............171 Tyre pressure table .......................171 Tyre pressure monitoring system........................................172 Checking and correcting the tyre pressure manually.........................172 Replacing the Wheels and tyres .............................................173 Notes on replacing the wheels and tyres ..........................................173 Notes on rotating the wheels........................................174 Notes on storing the wheels............175 Removing the wheel trim cover..........................................175 Tyre markings ..............................175 Seasonal tyres.................................175 Summer tyres...............................175 Maintenance and care ......................177 Lifting the vehicle ............................177 Vehicle lifting points ......................177 Front compartment ..........................177 Opening and closing the bonnet........................................177 Checking the coolant level ..............178 Topping up the windscreen washer system........................................179 Cleaning and care.............................180 Notes on cleaning the vehicle........................................180 Notes on using high pressure car wash ..........................................180 Washing the vehicle manually .....................................180 Notes on paintwork/matte finish paintwork care .............................181 Notes on cleaning the decorative film ............................................181 Notes on external parts maintenance................................182 Notes on cleaning the interior .......................................184 6 Contents

Batteries ........................................185

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 8 · Applies to: #1

Notes on the 12 V battery ...............185 Start assist and charging the 12 V battery .......................................186 Replacing the 12 V battery ..............186 Notes on the high voltage battery .......................................187 Fuses ............................................188 Replacing fuses ............................188 Technical data ................................189 Technical data description .................189 Technical data description ..............189 On-board electronics........................189 Notes on unauthorized change of the motor and electronic equipment...................................189 Vehicle identification plate, vehicle identification number (VIN) and E-motor serial number..................................189 Vehicle identification number (VIN) ...........................................189 Vehicle identification plate..............190 E-motor serial number ...................190 Operating fluids...............................191 Note on the operating fluids............191 Notes on the brake fluid .................191 Coolant .......................................191 Notes on the windscreen washer fluid ...........................................191 Refrigerant ..................................192 Vehicle parameters...........................193 Vehicle dimensions........................193 Vehicle performance specifications...............................193 Suspension system specifications...............................194 Weight and payload.......................195 Battery specifications ....................195 E-motor specifications ...................196 Brake system specifications ............196 Wheel dynamic balance requirement.................................197 Recommended tyre pressure .....................................197 Seat specifications ........................198 Contents 7

Low beam on indicator lamp

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 9 · Applies to: #1

(green) Low beam fault warning lamp (yellow) High beam on indicator lamp (blue) High beam fault warning lamp (yellow) Automatic High Beam on indicator lamp/Adaptive High Beam ready indica- tor lamp (grey white) Adaptive High Beam on indicator light (blue) Automatic High Beam/Adaptive High Beam fault warning lamp (yellow) Rear fog lamp on indicator lamp (yellow) Position lamp on indicator lamp (green) Powertrain fault warning lamp (red) Electrical power assist steering (EPAS) - powered-assist steering per- formance decrease/power assist de- graded warning lamp (yellow) Electrical power assist steering (EPAS) - power assist fault - no power assist warning lamp (red) Airbag fault warning lamp (red) Trailer module fault indicator lamp (yellow) Left turning signal indicator lamp (green) Right turning signal indicator lamp (green) Adaptive front illumination system fault warning lamp (yellow) Time display Electric parking brake enabled in- dicator lamp (red) External charger connected warn- ing lamp (red) ISA fault indicator lamp (grey/ white) Speed Limit ready indicator lamp (grey white) Speed Limit enabled indicator lamp (green) Overspeed indicator lamp (yellow) Adaptive Cruise Control ready in- dicator lamp (grey white) Adaptive Cruise Control enabled indicator lamp (green) Adaptive Cruise Control fault warning lamp (grey) smart Pilot Assist ready indicator lamp (grey white) 8

smart Pilot Assist enabled indica-

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 10 · Applies to: #1

tor lamp (green) smart Pilot Assist fault warning lamp (grey) When the steering control is not activated, the steering wheel area is yellow Current (P/R/N/D) gear indicator lamp (black) Power restricted warning lamp (yellow) Anti-lock Brake System fault indi- cator lamp (yellow) Tyre pressure abnormal warning lamp (yellow) Brake performance decrease/ brake distance extended warning lamp (yellow) Brake system fault warning lamp (red) High voltage battery low indicator lamp (yellow) s-Pedal standby indicator lamp (grey) s-Pedal enabled indicator lamp (blue) READY mode indicator lamp (green) Electronic Stability Control off/ Sport mode indicator lamp (yellow) Electronic Stability Control fault warning lamp (yellow) Driver Monitoring System indicator lamp fatigue warning (red flash) Driver Monitoring System fault or camera blocked (yellow) Lane Keeping Assist fault warning lamp (yellow) Lane Keeping Assist or Lane De- parture Warning disabled indicator lamp (yellow) Rear Cross Traffic Alert/Rear Colli- sion Mitigation/Door Opening Warning/ Lane Change Assist on indicator lamp (green) Rear Cross Traffic Alert/Rear Colli- sion Mitigation/Door Opening Warning/ Lane Change Assist fault indicator lamp (red) Hill Descent Control ready indica- tor lamp (grey white) Hill Descent Control enabled indi- cator lamp (green) Hill Descent Control fault warning lamp (yellow) Front Collision Mitigation fault warning lamp (yellow) Display the outside temperature Seat belt warning lamp (red) Autohold indicator lamp (green) 12 V battery low indicator lamp (red) Indicator and warning lamps 9

The following questions are the ones you

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 11 · Applies to: #1

could encounter during vehicle daily use, and please contact a smart Authorized Service Partner if the content below can- not solve your question. How do I start the vehicle? 1. Unlock the vehicle and open the driver door. 2. Press the brake pedal, and shift to or gear, so the indicator light on the driver information display comes on, and the vehicle can run normally. How do I jump start the vehicle? If the vehicle requires to be jump started, refer to the topics related to jump start. Notes on jump start (→Page 165). Jump start procedures (→Page 166). How to charge the high voltage battery? When charging the high voltage battery, refer to the topics related to high voltage battery charging. Notes on the high voltage battery charging (→Page 89). High voltage battery charging procedures (→Page 92). How to find a charging station quickly? Open the navigation on the centre display and follow the navigation guidance. How to solve tyre malfunctions? When solving tyre malfunctions, refer to the topics related to tyre malfunctions. Checking and correcting the tyre pressure manually (→Page 172). Tyre repair kit (→Page 165). When the punctures are within 6 milli- meters and the outside temperature is above 20 ℃, the tyre repair kit can be used. How to transport the vehicle during breakdown? When the vehicle needs to be transported during breakdown, refer to the topics re- lated to vehicle transportation. Activating the towing mode (→Page 167). Vehicle transportation methods (→Page 167). How to open damaged or frozen charging port cover? Do not open the charging port cover by force to avoid component damage, and contact a smart Authorized Service Partner. Can I top up with any type of coolant? Not all types of coolant are suitable for this vehicle, and please go to a smart Author- ized Service Partner if filling or replacing coolant is needed. Can the vehicle be opened and started when the keyfob battery dies? When the keyfob battery dies, you can open the vehicle door with the mechanical key. 1. Removing and installing the mechanical key (→Page 49). 2. Unlocking/locking the doors with the mechanical key (→Page 52). 3. Placing the keyfob in the armrest box, and starting the vehicle (→Page 98). Replacing the keyfob battery (→Page 49). If the vehicle still cannot be started, con- tact a smart Authorized Service Partner. 10

Welcome to smart

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 12 · Applies to: #1

Before you first drive off, read this User Manual carefully and familiarise with your vehicle. For your own safety and a longer vehicle life, follow the instructions and warning notes in this User Manual. Disre- garding them may result in damage to the vehicle or personal injury. The configuration of your vehicle may vary from the description in this User Manual depending on the following factors: ●Model ●Order ●Market region smart is continually working to develop its vehicles further. The illustrations in this User Manual show a left-hand drive vehicle. On right-hand drive vehicles, the layout of components and control elements differs accordingly. smart reserves the right to introduce changes in: ●Design ●Configuration ●Technical features The actual configuration of your vehicle may be different from the description and illustration.

Symbols

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 13 · Applies to: #1

This User Manual includes the following symbols: WARNING Danger due to not observ- ing the warning notes Warning notes draw your attention to hazards that may endanger the health or life of you or others. ►Observe the warning notes. NOTE Damage to property due to failure to observe warning notes on material damage Warning notes on material damage in- form you of risks which could lead to ve- hicle damage. ►Observe warning notes on material damage. ENVIRONMENTAL NOTE Environmen- tal damage due to failure to observe environmental notes Environmental notes include information on environmentally responsible behav- iour or disposal. ►Observe environmental notes. Useful instructions or further infor- mation that could be helpful. (→page) Further information on a topic

Corresponding sub-menu to be selected in multimedia system * Marks a cause.

Interior

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 14 · Applies to: #1

Cockpit Light switch → 73 Tailgate switch → 53 Light combination switch → 73 Wiper control switch → 80 Driver information display → 136 Driver status monitoring camera → 134 Head-up display → 141 Steering column gear selector → 102 Centre display → 144 Centre display switches Centre console front stow- age box → 67 Centre console cup holders → 67 Glove box → 67 Steering wheel right con- trol button → 146 Steering wheel left control button → 146 Open the bonnet → 177 At a glance 13

Light switch

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 15 · Applies to: #1

→ 73 Tailgate switch → 53 Steering column gear selector → 102 Driver information display → 136 Driver status monitoring camera → 134 Head-up display → 141 Light combination switch → 73 Wiper control switch → 80 Centre display → 144 Centre display switches Centre console front stow- age box → 67 Centre console cup holders → 67 Glove box → 67 Steering wheel left control button → 146 Steering wheel right con- trol button → 146 Open the bonnet → 177 Warning lamps and indicator lamps 14 At a glance

Low beam on indicator lamp

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 16 · Applies to: #1

(green) Low beam fault warning lamp (yellow) High beam on indicator lamp (blue) High beam fault warning lamp (yellow) Automatic High Beam on indicator lamp/Adaptive High Beam ready indica- tor lamp (grey white) Adaptive High Beam on indicator light (blue) Automatic High Beam/Adaptive High Beam fault warning lamp (yellow) Rear fog lamp on indicator lamp (yellow) Position lamp on indicator lamp (green) Powertrain fault warning lamp (red) Electrical power assist steering (EPAS) - powered-assist steering per- formance decrease/power assist de- graded warning lamp (yellow) Electrical power assist steering (EPAS) - power assist fault - no power assist warning lamp (red) Airbag fault warning lamp (red) Trailer module fault indicator lamp (yellow) Left turning signal indicator lamp (green) Right turning signal indicator lamp (green) Adaptive front illumination system fault warning lamp (yellow) Time display Electric parking brake enabled in- dicator lamp (red) External charger connected warn- ing lamp (red) ISA fault indicator lamp (grey/ white) Speed Limit ready indicator lamp (grey white) Speed Limit enabled indicator lamp (green) Overspeed indicator lamp (yellow) Adaptive Cruise Control ready in- dicator lamp (grey white) Adaptive Cruise Control enabled indicator lamp (green) Adaptive Cruise Control fault warning lamp (grey) smart Pilot Assist ready indicator lamp (grey white) smart Pilot Assist enabled indica- tor lamp (green) smart Pilot Assist fault warning lamp (grey) When the steering control is not activated, the steering wheel area is yellow Current (P/R/N/D) gear indicator lamp (black) Power restricted warning lamp (yellow) Anti-lock Brake System fault indi- cator lamp (yellow) Tyre pressure abnormal warning lamp (yellow) Brake performance decrease/ brake distance extended warning lamp (yellow) Brake system fault warning lamp (red) High voltage battery low indicator lamp (yellow) s-Pedal standby indicator lamp (grey) s-Pedal enabled indicator lamp (blue) READY mode indicator lamp (green) At a glance 15

Electronic Stability Control off/

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 17 · Applies to: #1

Sport mode indicator lamp (yellow) Electronic Stability Control fault warning lamp (yellow) Driver Monitoring System indicator lamp fatigue warning (red flash) Driver Monitoring System fault or camera blocked (yellow) Lane Keeping Assist fault warning lamp (yellow) Lane Keeping Assist or Lane De- parture Warning disabled indicator lamp (yellow) Rear Cross Traffic Alert/Rear Colli- sion Mitigation/Door Opening Warning/ Lane Change Assist on indicator lamp (green) Rear Cross Traffic Alert/Rear Colli- sion Mitigation/Door Opening Warning/ Lane Change Assist fault indicator lamp (red) Hill Descent Control ready indica- tor lamp (grey white) Hill Descent Control enabled indi- cator lamp (green) Hill Descent Control fault warning lamp (yellow) Front Collision Mitigation fault warning lamp (yellow) Display the outside temperature Seat belt warning lamp (red) Autohold indicator lamp (green) 12 V battery low indicator lamp (red) Overhead control panel Left sun visor → 84 Front reading light → 79 Sun shield switch → 58 Glasses box → 67 Right sun visor → 84 Inside rearview mirror → 83 16 At a glance

Door control panel and seat adjustment

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 18 · Applies to: #1

Door handle → 51 Unlock the vehicle → 51 Lock the vehicle → 51 Driver's window → 56 Front passenger window → 56 Second row left window → 56 Second row right window → 56 Seat head restraint → 64 Adjust the seat lumbar support → 62 Adjust the seat cushion position → 61 Adjust the seat back position → 61 Door handle → 51 Unlock the vehicle → 51 Lock the vehicle → 51 Driver's window → 56 Front passenger window → 56 At a glance 17

Second row left

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 19 · Applies to: #1

window → 56 Second row right window → 56 Seat head restraint → 64 Adjust the seat lumbar support → 62 Adjust the seat cushion position → 61 Adjust the seat back position → 61 Exterior Exterior equipment Lighting High beam → 73 Low beam → 73 Daytime running light → 73 Turning signal light → 73 Front wipers → 80 Roof luggage rack → 69 Outside rearview mirrors → 82 Front tow bar cover → 168 Middle position lamp → 73 Courtesy light → 78 Door handle → 51 18 At a glance

Emergency and malfunction

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 20 · Applies to: #1

Operating fluids → 191 Fitting the tow bar → 168 Hazard warning light → 74 Wheels and tyres → 165 Tyre repair kit → 165 Safety vest → 164 Charging cap with the fol- lowing label → 90 Charging warning label → 91 First aid kit Warning triangle → 164 Rear tow bar cover → 168 At a glance 19

About this Manual

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 21 · Applies to: #1

Printed User Manual The printed User Manual only includes in- formation well selected. You can access the complete digital version of User Manual via the vehicle centre display, smart APP and smart Automobile official website. Note that your vehicle may not be fitted with all the features described. Therefore, the configuration of your vehicle may differ from the description and illustration in the User Manual. If you have any questions concerning con- figuration and operation, consult a smart Authorized Service Partner. The printed documents are integral parts of the vehicle. Alway keep these docu- ments in the vehicle. smart constantly improves its products and services and keeps updating the user manual from time to time. In case of any discrepancy or inconsistency between the printed version and the electronic version, the electronic version of the user manual shall prevail. You can find the current ver- sion on the car centre display or smart of- ficial website. How to acquire the complete User Manual The complete User Manual contains de- tailed description of the vehicle's functions and operation. You can access the complete User Manual via the vehicle centre display, smart APP and smart Automobile official website. WARNING For safety reasons, do not operate the User Manual application while driving. The complete version of the User Manual will be continuously updated and upgraded. The complete version and printed version of the User Man- ual may not be updated with the same frequency. Therefore, the con- tents of the complete User Manual may differ from those of the printed version. smart reserves the right to change the User Manual at any time. User Manual application The complete User Manual contains de- tailed description of the vehicle's functions and operation. You can access the complete User Manual from the centre display. Enter the User Manual interface: ●Swipe leftward from the right on the centre display or tap to enter the application interface, and tap User Man- ual to enter the User Manual interface. The application includes the following functions: ●User guide: view or search for the content. ●Bookmark: quickly view or search your favourite manual contents. ●Instructions for use: watch video in- structions, with volume and brightness adjustment supported in full screen mode. ●Indicators: view the description of dif- ferent indicator and warning lamp status. ●FAQ: view the common questions and their answers. ●Language setting: you can tap Lan- guage to switch languages. ●Declaration: view the related electronic User Manual description. WARNING For safety reasons, do not operate the User Manual application while driving. 20 General notes

The complete version of the User

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 22 · Applies to: #1

Manual will be continuously updated and upgraded. The complete version and printed version of the User Man- ual may not be updated with the same frequency. Therefore, the con- tents of the complete User Manual may differ from those of the printed version. smart reserves the right to change the User Manual at any time. About the vehicle Environmental protection ENVIRONMENTAL NOTE Environmen- tal damage due to operating condi- tions and personal driving style Drive the vehicle in an environmental responsible manner to protect the envi- ronment. Observe the following recom- mendations on operating conditions and personal driving style. Operating conditions: ►Make sure that the tyre pressure is normal. ►Do not carry unnecessary loads (for example, do not carry child seats that are no longer needed). ►Monitor the energy consumption. ►Adhere to the service intervals. ►A regularly serviced vehicle will con- tribute to environmental protection. Personal driving style: ►Drive carefully and maintain a suit- able distance from the vehicle in front. ►Avoid frequent, sudden acceleration and braking. ENVIRONMENTAL NOTE Environmen- tal pollution caused by irresponsible disposal of batteries Batteries contain substances harmful to the environment. ►Please go to a smart Authorized Service Partner to dispose of the damaged battery. Take-back of end-of-life vehicles smart takes back your end-of-life vehicle according to the relevant regulations and dispose it in an environment-friendly way. A network of vehicle take-back and dis- mantling points has been established. You can leave the end-of-life vehicle at any of these points free of charge. This makes an important contribution to closing the recy- cling circle and conserving resources. For further information about the take- back of end-of-life vehicles, visit the smart Automobile official website or consult a lo- cal smart Authorized Service Partner. General notes 21

smart genuine parts

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 23 · Applies to: #1

NOTE Damage to the operational performance of the safety system caused by accessories installation, repair or welding Airbags and seat belt pretensioners, as well as control units and sensors for the safety system, may be installed in the following areas of your vehicle: ●Doors ●Door pillars ●Door sills ●Seats ●Headlamp brackets ●Cockpit ●Instrument cluster ●Centre console ●Lateral roof frame ►Never install accessories such as an audio system in these areas. ►Never carry out repairs or welding by yourself. ►Contact a smart Authorized Service Partner for modification accessories. WARNING Risk of accidents due to using parts which have not been ap- proved by smart Using parts which have not been ap- proved by smart may jeopardise the op- erating safety of the vehicle and safety- related systems, like the brake system, and malfunction may occur. ►Please use smart genuine parts and accessories. For genuine parts and accessories (includ- ing conversion parts), their reliability, safety and suitability have been tested by smart. smart accept no liability for the vehicle damage and personal injury caused by us- ing none smart genuine parts, even if they have been officially or independently ap- proved by a third party test centre. Always specify the vehicle identification number (VIN) when ordering smart genuine parts (→Page 189). Operating safety WARNING Risk of accident due to malfunctions or system failures If you do not have the prescribed serv- ice/maintenance or any required repairs carried out, system malfunctions or fail- ures could occur. ►It is recommended to have the pre- scribed service/maintenance work as well as any required repairs car- ried out at a smart Authorized Serv- ice Partner. WARNING Risk of accident and injury due to modification to electronic components Modification to electronic components, their related software or wiring could impair their function and/or the opera- tion of other associated electronic parts, particularly systems related to safety. They may no longer function as in- tended and endanger the operating safety of the vehicle. ►Never tamper with the wiring, elec- tronic components or their software. ►It is recommended to have the work related to electronic components carried out at a smart Authorized Service Partner. WARNING Risk due to illegal modifications Illegal modifications impair vehicle han- dling, safety and longevity, and may cause the vehicle no longer to be street legal. ►Check out the local regulations be- fore modification. smart is not re- sponsible for any consequence caused by illegal modifications. 22 General notes

NOTE Damage to the vehicle

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 24 · Applies to: #1

There is a risk of damage to the vehicle in the following situations: ●The vehicle body contacts the ground, such as a high kerb or when driving on an unpaved road. ●The vehicle is driven too fast over an obstacle, such as a kerb, speed bump or pothole. ●A heavy object strikes the underbody or chassis components. In such situations, the body, the under- body, chassis components, high voltage battery, wheels or tyres could have suf- fered damages that are not visible. Components damaged in this way could fail unexpectedly or not function properly. ►Contact a smart Authorized Service Partner for inspection and repair immediately. Electric vehicles are equipped with electric motors. The electric motor is powered by the high voltage electrical system. WARNING Risk of fatal injury from touching damaged high voltage components The vehicle high voltage electrical sys- tem is under high voltage. If you modify components in the vehicle high voltage electrical system or touch damaged components, electric shock may occur. Components in the vehicle high voltage electrical system may suffer damage in an accident, although the damage may not be visible. ►Never modify the high voltage elec- trical system. ►Never touch components in the high voltage electrical system (for exam- ple: orange wiring harness and its connected components). ►After an accident, do not touch any high voltage components. ►After an accident, have the high voltage electrical system checked at a smart Authorized Service Partner. The components of the high voltage elec- trical system are marked with yellow warning stickers. The cables of the high voltage electrical system are orange. Electric vehicles generate significantly less noise than gas-powered vehicles. As a re- sult, your vehicle may not be heard by pe- destrians and other vehicles in certain situations. You are always responsible for driving the vehicle safely. Diagnostics connection The diagnostics connection is intended for the connection of diagnostic devices at a smart Authorized Service Partner. General notes 23

WARNING Risk of accident due to

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 25 · Applies to: #1

connecting devices to the diagnos- tics connection If you connect equipment not approved by smart to the diagnostics connection in the vehicle, it may affect the opera- tion of vehicle systems. As a result, the operating safety of the vehicle could be affected. ►Only connect the vehicle's diagnos- tics connection to devices which are approved by smart. WARNING Risk of accident due to ob- jects in the driver's footwell Objects in the driver's footwell may im- pede pedal travel or block a pressed pedal. This jeopardises the operating and road safety of the vehicle. ►Stow all objects in the vehicle se- curely so that they cannot get into the driver's footwell. ►Always fix the floor mats securely in order to make sure that there is al- ways sufficient room for the pedals. ►Never use loose floor mats, nor place a floor mat on another one. smart Authorized Service Partner smart authorized Service Partners have the necessary special skills, tools and qualifications to correctly carry out the work required on the vehicle, especially for safety-related works. smart recommends that you bring your vehicle to a smart Authorized Service Partner for inspection and the following works: ●Safety-related work ●Maintenance ●Repair ●Modification and installation ●Electrical work Vehicle registration You can be informed about the vehicle in- spections only if smart has your registra- tion data. In the following cases your vehicle may not be registered to you yet: ●If your vehicle was not purchased the official channel. ●If your vehicle has not yet been in- spected at a smart Authorized Service Partner. Use the smart APP or visit a smart Author- ized Service Partner for information change. Correct use of the vehicle If you remove any warning stickers, you or others could fail to recognise certain dan- gers. Leave warning stickers in position. Observe the following information partic- ularly when driving your vehicle: ●The safety notes in this manual ●Technical data for the vehicle ●Traffic rules and regulations ●Laws and safety standards pertaining to motor vehicles Declaration of conformity Electromagnetic compatibility The electromagnetic compatibility of the vehicle components has been checked and certified according to the currently valid version of Regulation ECE R10. Radio equipment in the vehicle The following information is valid for all wireless components in the vehicle as well 24 General notes

as the information systems and communi-

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 26 · Applies to: #1

cation devices integrated in the vehicle: The wireless components of this vehicle meet the essential requirements and other relevant regulations stipulated in Directive 2014/53/EU and Malaysia’s Communica- tions and Multimedia Act 1998. Consult a smart Authorized Service Partner for de- tailed information. For Europe and countries where radio equipment are approved and permitted according to European Directives: For Malaysia: CEM APTIV Electronics (Suzhou) Co, Ltd, No 123, Changyang Street, Suzhou Industrial Park, 215126 Suzhou, China Key PCBA smart Automobile Co. Ltd, 818 Binhai 2nd Road, Hangzhou Bay New Zone, 315336 Ningbo City, Zhejiang Province, China Hardware Assy - telematic node Neusoft Group (Dalian) Co., Ltd, No. 901-7 Huangpu Road, Ganjingzi District, Dalian City, Liaoning Province, China TPMS Schrader Electronics Ltd, 11 Technology Park, Belfast Road, Antrim BT41 1QS, NorthernIreland Radar - forward & rearward detection Veoneer US, Inc., 26360 American Drive, Southfield MI 48034, USA Radar - side obstacle detection Veoneer US, Inc., 26360 American Drive, Southfield MI 48034, USA ECU-Display Head Unit ECARX (Hubei) Tech Co., Ltd., B1336, No 18 Shenlong AVE, Taizi Lake Industry Part, Wuhan City, Hubei Province, China Wireless applications Items Frequency range Transmission output / magnetic field strength CEM 134.2 KHZ ± 0.1% < 72 dBuA/m Key PCBA 433.92 MHZ ± 260 KHZ - TPMS 433.92 MHz 89 ± 3 dB V/m Radar - forward & rearward detection 76 ~ 77 GHZ ≤55 dBm peak e.i.r.p General notes 25

Items

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 27 · Applies to: #1

Frequency range Transmission output / magnetic field strength Radar - side obstacle detection 76 ~ 77 GHZ ≤55 dBm peak e.i.r.p ECU-Display Head Unit Bluetooth: 2402 ~ 2480 MHz Bluetooth (low power): 2402 ~ 2480 MHz Wi-Fi 2.4Ghz: 2412 ~ 2472 MHz Wi-Fi 5Ghz: 5180 ~ 5200 MHz Wi-Fi 5Ghz: 5745 ~ 5825 MHz Bluetooth: 4.19 dBm (max. e.i.r.p) Bluetooth (low power): 3.42 dBm (max. e.i.r.p) Wi-Fi 2.4Ghz: 19.54 dBm (max. e.i.r.p) Wi-Fi 5Ghz: 11.17 dBm (max. e.i.r.p) Wi-Fi 5Ghz: 9.29 dBm (max. e.i.r.p) aaa Data storage Vehicle data record smart respects and is committed to pro- tecting user's privacy. The information de- scribed in this manual is correct at the time of release. However as technology has been developed continuously, we rec- ommend you to check out the latest infor- mation on the smart official website. The vehicle is equipped with several stor- age devices to record specific data. These storage devices do not record con- versations or sounds. In some cases, they only record images outside the vehicle. The data recorded may vary depending on the vehicle configuration. The recorded in- formation normally includes vehicle condi- tions, maintenance requirements, events and malfunctions etc. The recorded information consists of, but not limited to, the following data: ●System component states, such as the battery state of charge and tyre pressure. ●Vehicle status, such as the vehicle speed, deceleration and lateral acceleration. ●Events and errors of essential systems, such as the headlamps and brake. ●System responses to driving situations, such as the airbag deployment and electronic stability control. ●Environment conditions, such as the temperature. Data usage We may use the data recorded in these storage devices for fault diagnosis, re- search, development and quality improvement. Only under special occasions, some of the data when used in combination with other information, such as an accident report, vehicle damage or eyewitness statement, could be associated with a specific person. We may disclose the recorded data to a third party in the following cases: ●With the consent of the owner or lessee (if it is a leased vehicle). ●As law enforcement, government au- thorities and third parties with lawful authority or through a legal process requested. ●Used by smart in the lawsuit. ●For research purposes, the data is not related to a particular vehicle or owner. For more information, refer to the privacy policies in the centre display. 26 General notes

Online service

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 28 · Applies to: #1

Wireless network connection If your vehicle is equipped with a wireless network connection, data can be ex- changed between the vehicle and other equipment. The wireless network connec- tion can be enabled through the transmis- sion and reception unit of the vehicle or by connecting a mobile terminal equipment, such as a smart phone. Through wireless network connection, you can use online functions, including online services and applications provided by manufacturers or other service providers. Services provided by the manufacturer Regarding online services of the manufac- turer, the individual functions are de- scribed by the manufacturer in a suitable place, such as the User Manual or website of the manufacturer, along with the rele- vant data protection information. Personal data can be used to provide online serv- ices. Data is exchanged via a secure con- nection, such as the manufacturer's designated IT systems. Collecting, proc- essing and using personal data beyond the provision of services are permitted only on the basis of a statutory permit or declara- tion of consent. Services from third parties If online services are available from third parties, these services are the responsibil- ity of the service providers and subject to that provider's data protection policies and terms of use. The manufacturer has no influence over the data exchanged in such cases. For this reason, ask the service provider for information about the type, extent and purpose of the collection and use of per- sonal data when services are provided by third parties. General notes 27

Safety system

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 29 · Applies to: #1

Overview of the safety system The vehicle is equipped with multiple safety systems, which cooperate with each other to provide protection for vehicle oc- cupants in case of an accident. Based on the accident, such as impact angle, roll- over or run off road, the safety system re- acts differently to provide better protection. The safety system includes the following components: ●Seat belts ●Airbags ●Child restraint system In order for the safety system to provide the intended level of protection, vehicle occupants must observe the following: ●Fasten seat belts correctly. ●Sit in an almost upright position with the back against the seat backrest. ●Keep your feet on the floor. ●Children under 12-year old and 1.50 me- ters tall are recommended to use a suit- able child restraint system. Always observe the local laws and regulations for the use of a child restraint system in the vehicle. No safety system available today can com- pletely eliminate injuries and fatalities in every accident situation. In particular, the seat belt and airbag generally do not pro- tect occupants against objects penetrat- ing the vehicle from the outside. It is also not possible to completely rule out the risk of injury caused by airbag deployment. WARNING Risk of injury or death from modifications to the safety system The safety system can no longer func- tion correctly after alterations have been made. The safety system may not protect the vehicle occupants as intended. For ex- ample, it may trigger unexpectedly or not trigger at all in an accident. ►Never alter the parts of the safety system. ►Never tamper with the wiring, elec- tronic components and their software. Malfunctioning safety system When the vehicle is switched on, the indi- cators on the driver information dis- play illuminate and the safety system performs self-diagnosis. During this proc- ess, the airbag malfunction lamp illu- minates and turns off shortly after the vehicle is switched on. A malfunction has occurred in the safety system if: ●After the vehicle is switched on and the indicator on the driver information display illuminates, the airbag malfunc- tion lamp does not illuminates. ●The airbag malfunction lamp illu- minates continuously or repeatedly during a journey. If a malfunction has occurred in the safety system, contact a smart Authorized Serv- ice Partner for inspection and repair immediately. Functions of the safety system in an accident Operation of the safety system depends on the detected collision strength and estimated accident type: ●Front collision ●Rear collision ●Side collision 28 Occupants safety

The factors that can be seen and meas-

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 30 · Applies to: #1

ured only after the collision cannot be used as the conditions for triggering air- bag deployment, nor as the indications of airbag deployment. Sometimes, airbags may not deploy even though serious deformation has been caused due to collision. For an example, in case of deformation of a vehicle compo- nent which is subject to deformation easily and the vehicle deceleration is not high, the situation above may occur. On the con- trary, the airbag may deploy even though the vehicle has slight deformation. For ex- ample, when colliding with the longitudinal beams and other rigid components and the vehicle deceleration is high enough, such circumstance may occur. The safety system components may be triggered in case of some collision and im- pact or deceleration. It depends on the collision degree, angle, speed and object. Equipment Triggering conditions Front airbag In case of front collision accident and the airbag de- vice reaches trig- gering conditions. Side Airbag Side collision or some high-speed frontal collision with an angle hap- pens, and the air- bag triggering conditions are met. Equipment Triggering conditions Head air curtain Side collision or some high-speed frontal collision with an angle hap- pens, and the air- bag triggering conditions are met. Far side airbag Side collision or some high-speed frontal collision with an angle hap- pens, and the air- bag triggering conditions are met. The passenger airbag can be deployed in an accident only if the passenger airbag is enabled. If the front passenger seat is oc- cupied, make sure both before and during the journey that the passenger airbag is in the correct state. WARNING Risk of burns from hot air- bag components The airbag components are hot when just deployed. ►Do not touch the airbag components. ►Have deployed airbags immediately replaced at a smart Authorized Serv- ice Partner as soon as possible. If the seat belt pretensioners are triggered or the airbags are deployed, you will hear a bang, and a small amount of powder may also be released. ●The bang sound generally does not af- fect your hearing. ●In general, the powder released is not hazardous to health but may cause short-term breathing difficulties to per- sons suffering from asthma or other pulmonary conditions. Occupants safety 29

●Provided it is safe to do so, leave the

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 31 · Applies to: #1

vehicle immediately or open the window in order to prevent breathing difficulties. Seat belts Protection provided by the seat belt Always fasten your seat belt correctly be- fore starting a journey. A seat belt can only provide the best level of protection if it is worn correctly. Always observe the instructions about the correct driver's seat position and adjusting the seat (→Page 61). WARNING Risk of injury or death due to incorrectly fastened seat belt A seat belt that is not worn correctly does not provide the intended level of protection. For example, personal injury may occur during an accident, emer- gency braking or steering. ►Always make sure that all vehicle oc- cupants have their seat belts fas- tened correctly and sit properly. For the correctly worn seat belt to provide the intended level of protection, vehicle occupants must observe the following: ●The seat belt must not be twisted. It must be inserted into its buckle cor- rectly and fit tightly and snugly across the body. ●The seat belt must be routed across the centre of the shoulder and as low down across the hips as possible. Never route the lap belt across your abdomen. Preg- nant women shall pay special attention to this. ●The shoulder section of the seat belt should not touch your neck nor be routed under your arm or behind your back. ●If not necessary, avoid wearing bulky clothing, such as a winter coat. ●Never route the seat belt across sharp, pointed, abrasive or fragile objects. ●Each seat belt shall only be worn by one person at any time. Never allow babies and children to travel sitting on the lap of another vehicle occupant. ●Never secure objects with a seat belt. If you need to secure objects, please ob- serve Notes on loading the vehicle (→ Page 66). ●Also make sure that no objects, such as a cushion, are placed between the oc- cupant and the seat. ●If there are children in the vehicle, please observe Notes on traveling with children in the vehicle (→Page 36). Notes on the seat belts Always insert a seat belt tongue into its corresponding buckle, or the seat belt and the buckle may lose the intended function and lead to severe injury in the event of a collision. WARNING Risk of injury or death due to incorrect seating posture Incorrect seating posture may cause the airbag not to provide the intended level of protection, and its deployment may lead to other injuries. To avoid risks, vehicle occupants must observe the following: ►Fasten seat belts correctly. Pregnant women must take particular care with this. Never route the lap belt across your abdomen. ►Make sure no people, animals or ob- jects are ever placed between the airbag and the vehicle occupant. 30 Occupants safety

WARNING Risk of injury or death

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 32 · Applies to: #1

when child restraint systems are not used for occupants with a smaller build Children under 12-year old and 1.50 me- ters tall are recommended to use a suit- able child restraint system and wear the integrated seat belt correctly. An integrated seat belt that is not worn correctly does not provide the intended level of protection. For example, person- al injury may occur during an accident, emergency braking or steering. ►Always secure children under 12- year old and 1.50 meters tall in a suitable child restraint system and wear the integrated seat belt correctly. WARNING Risk of injury or death due to damaged or modified seat belts Seat belts cannot provide the intended level of protection in the following situations: ●The seat belt is damaged, modified, extremely dirty, bleached or dyed. ●The seat belt buckle is damaged or extremely dirty. ●Modifications have been made to the seat belt pretensioners, seat belt an- chorages or seat belt retractors. ●Seat belts may sustain non-visible damage in an accident from glass splinters. Modified or damaged seat belts could tear or fail in the event of an accident. Modified belt pretensioners may be trig- gered unintentionally or not function as intended. ►Never modify the seat belts, seat belt pretensioners, seat belt ancho- rages or seat belt retractors. ►Make sure that the seat belts are free of damage, not worn, and clean. ►After an accident, contact a smart Authorized Service Partner for safety system inspection and repair immediately. WARNING Risk of injury or death from triggered seat belt pretensioners Seat belt pretensioners that have been triggered are no longer operational and are unable to perform their intended protective function. ►Contact a smart Authorized Service Partner to have triggered seat belt pretensioners replaced immediately. Occupants safety 31

NOTE Damage caused by unused

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 33 · Applies to: #1

seat belts being trapped If an unused seat belt is not fully re- tracted, it may become trapped in the door or in the seat mechanism. ►Always make sure that unused seat belts are fully retracted. Pregnancy safety It is particularly important for a pregnant woman to wear the seat belt correctly. Before operating the vehicle, a pregnant woman shall confirm with a doctor if she could drive a vehicle. To lower the risk of injury for you and your child, adjust the seat to stay away from the steering wheel, as long as you can still operate it normally. Pass the shoulder strap through the shoulder, middle of the chest and to the side of the abdomen. The belly strap shall fit over the thighs and below the abdomen as much as possible. Do not raise the seat belt. Tighten the seat belt and make sure it fits the body closely. Make sure the seat belt is not twisted. Fastening the seat belts If the seat belt is pulled quickly or sharply, the seat belt retractor locks and does not release the seat belt further. 1. Always insert a seat belt tongue into the buckle of the corresponding seat. Pull the seat belt to make sure it is fas- tened correctly after hearing a “click” sound. 2. Press and hold the button on the seat belt height adjustment device and adjust the device to the desired position. 3. Release the button on the seat belt height adjustment device and make sure the device is locked in place. Releasing a seat belt Press the red button in the seat belt buckle and guide the seat belt back with the seat belt tongue. Seat belt pretensioner The front seat belts are equipped with pretensioners. In case of serious collision, the pretensioners trigger at the same time as the airbags. The pretensioners auto- matically tighten the seat belts, securing the occupants more effectively, thus re- ducing the forward inclination of the occupants. The second row outboard seat belts are equipped with pretensioners to tighten the seat belts, thus reducing the forward inclination of the occupants. If the pretensioners and airbags are not triggered during a collision, it does not mean that they have failed. It could be the intensity or the type of the collision does not meet the triggering conditions. 32 Occupants safety

WARNING Risk of injury or death

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 34 · Applies to: #1

from triggered seat belt pretensioners Once a seat belt pretensioner is trig- gered, it must be replaced. In the event of an accident, the airbags, seat belt pretensioners and other associated components may be damaged. Contact a smart Authorized Service Partner for in- spection and repair. Seat belt load limit In case of serious collision, the seat belts can be pulled out slowly after the seat belts are pre-tightened or locked, which can reduce the seat belt pressure on the occupant's chest. For vehicles equipped with seat belt adap- tive load limit function, the seat belts can determine the switching time of the high and low force limits according to the size of the occupants. If it is determined that the occupant is small, the low force limit can be switched on sooner to avoid exces- sive pressure on the occupant’s chest. For a larger occupant, it will be switched on later. Second row seat belts Second row seat belt Seat belt strap retainer The seat belt strap retainer on each of the second row outboard seat is there for the purpose of comfort. Users may choose to use them or not according to their needs. Do not pull the seat belt strap re- tainer with force to prevent the strap retainer from falling off and the upholster from being torn part, or the functionality of the strap re- tainer can be adversely affected. Seat belt reminder The vehicle is equipped with a seat belt re- minder function. The seat belt reminder warning lamp on the driver informa- tion display is a reminder that all vehicle occupants must wear their seat belts cor- rectly. In addition, a warning tone may sound. At the same time, the driver infor- mation display indicates the seat with the unfastened seat belt in the form of an image. When the driver and the passenger do not wear the seat belt correctly, the seat belt reminder warning lamp illuminates. When the vehicle speed exceeds about 10 km/h(7 mph) or after driving a certain dis- tance forward, if the seat belt is not fas- tened, the seat belt reminder warning lamp flashes and sounds a warning tone until the seat belt is fastened. If the vehicle is driving forward at more than 10 km/h(7 mph) and the seat belt is unfastened, the seat belt unfastened warning indicator lamp flashes with a warning tone until the seat belt is fastened again. Airbags Overview of the airbags Occupants safety 33

Passenger airbag

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 35 · Applies to: #1

Right air curtain Front side airbag Left air curtain Far side airbag Front side airbag Driver's airbag The installation location of an airbag is in- dicated by the AIRBAG symbol. An airbag may provide supplementary pro- tection for the corresponding vehicle occupant. Passenger airbag label WARNING Risk of injury or death from deployed airbags A deployed airbag no longer offers any protection and cannot provide the in- tended protective function in the event of an accident. ►Contact a smart Authorized Service Partner to have deployed airbags replaced. The passenger airbag label is located on the front passenger sun visor. Airbag warning notes Each vehicle occupant must observe the following information to prevent risks caused by deploying airbags: ●Adjust the seat correctly before driving. Try to move the driver seat and the front passenger seat backward as much as possible if appropriate. Before proceeding with the operation, observe the relevant notes on the cor- rect driver’s seat position (→Page 61). ●Hold the steering wheel correctly to make sure complete deployment of airbags. ●Make sure to rest on the seat backrest during driving. Do not lean forward. Do not lean against the door or window. Otherwise, you may be in the airbag de- ployment area. ●Keep your feet on the floor. Never put your feet on the dashboard. Otherwise, your feet may be in the airbag deploy- ment area. ●If there are children in the vehicle, please observe Notes on traveling with children in the vehicle (→Page 36). ●Be sure to store and secure objects cor- rectly and observe Notes on loading the vehicle (→Page 66). Objects may hinder normal operation of airbags, each vehicle occupant must ob- serve the following: ●There are no persons, animals or ob- jects between the occupant and airbag. ●There are no objects between the seat, door and door pillar (B-pillar). ●There are no hard objects, such as coat hanger, on the handle or the coat rack. ●There are no mobile navigation equip- ment, mobile phones, cup holders, etc. in the airbag deployment area of the vehicle (e.g. cabin, door, window or side trim panel). Never fix connecting cables and tie- down belts in or to the airbag deploy- ment area. ●The occupant’s pocket shall be free from any heavy, sharp or fragile object. Place these objects at appropriate positions. WARNING Risk of injury caused by modifying airbag covers If airbag covers are modified or sticked with labels and other objects, the air- bags may not be able to function normally. ►Never modify airbag covers or stick objects onto them. 34 Occupants safety

WARNING Risk of injury or death

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 36 · Applies to: #1

caused by seat covers Seat covers may hinder or prevent air- bags from deploying, and as a result the airbags cannot provide the intended level of protection for occupants. ►Do not use seat covers on the first row seats. WARNING Risk of injury caused by door pressure sensor failure The doors have door pressure sensors to control airbags. Modifying or imple- menting incorrect operation on doors, door decoration boards and damaged doors may impair the sensor function. As a result the airbags may not be able to function normally and provide the in- tended level of protection for occupants. ►Do not add or modify doors or door components by yourself. ►Contact a smart Authorized Service Partner for the related work. WARNING Risk of injury or death from deployed airbags A deployed airbag no longer offers any protection and cannot provide the in- tended protective function in the event of an accident. ►Contact a smart Authorized Service Partner to have deployed airbags replaced. Protection provided by the airbags Depending on the accident situation, an airbag may supplement the protection of- fered by a correctly fastened seat belt. WARNING Risk of injury or death due to incorrect seating posture Incorrect seating posture may cause the airbag not to provide the intended level of protection, and its deployment may lead to other injuries. To avoid risks, vehicle occupants must observe the following: ►Fasten seat belts correctly. Pregnant women must take particular care with this. Never route the lap belt across your abdomen. ►Make sure no people, animals or ob- jects are ever placed between the airbag and the vehicle occupant. Possible protection per airbag: Airbags Possible protec- tion for Driver's airbag, front passenger airbag Head and thorax Side curtain airbag Head Front side airbag Thorax Far side airbag Head and thorax State of the passenger airbag Passenger airbag disabled: OFF Passenger airbag enabled: ON Occupants safety 35

The passenger airbag can be deployed in

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 37 · Applies to: #1

an accident only if the passenger airbag is enabled. If the front passenger seat is oc- cupied, make sure both before and during the journey that the passenger airbag is in the correct state. WARNING Risk of injury or death if the passenger airbag is disabled If the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp illuminates, it means that the pas- senger airbag is disabled, which will not deploy in case of accident and cannot provide necessary protection. In this case, if the front passenger sits too close to the front, serious injury or death may occur. If the front passenger seat is occupied, make sure: ●The passenger airbag is enabled or disabled in accordance with the type of the passenger on the front pas- senger seat. ●Always move the front passenger seat as far back as possible. ●The passenger sits correctly. ►Make sure both before and during the journey that the status of the front passenger airbag is correct. WARNING Risk of injury or fatal inju- ries if the front passenger airbag is enabled The child on the front passenger seat may be struck by the airbag in the event of an accident if the front passenger air- bag is enabled. ►Never use a rearward-facing child restraint system on a seat protected by an active airbag in front of it, death or serious injury to the child can occur. Enabling and disabling passenger airbag The vehicle is equipped with a passenger airbag switch to disable the passenger airbag. The front passenger airbag switch is lo- cated on the passenger end of the dash- board and is accessible when the front passenger door is opened. Check if the switch is in the desired position. To enable the passenger airbag: pull the switch in the direction of the arrow and rotate the switch counter-clockwise to enable the passenger airbag. To disable the passenger airbag: pull the switch in the direction of the arrow and rotate the switch clockwise to disable the passenger airbag. Traveling safely with children in the vehicle Notes on traveling with children in the vehicle Observe the safety notes relevant to the situation. You have to identify possible risks and avoid dangers when children are traveling in the vehicle (→Page 37). Be diligent Bear in mind that negligence when secur- ing a child in a child restraint system may have serious consequences. Always be dili- gent and secure a child carefully before each journey. To improve protection for children under 12-year old and 1.5 meters tall, smart rec- ommends you observe the following: ●Always secure the child in a child re- straint system suitable for your vehicle. 36 Occupants safety

●The child restraint system must be ap-

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 38 · Applies to: #1

propriate to the age, weight and size of the child. Statistics show that it is usually safer to install the child restraint system in a sec- ond row seat than in the front passenger seat. It is recommended to install the child restraint system to the second row seat. A child restraint system is, for example: ●A rearward-facing child seat ●A forward-facing child seat ●A child booster seat with a backrest and seat belt guides Observe laws and regulations Always observe the local legal require- ments for using a child restraint system in the vehicle. WARNING Notes on child restraint system The contents of this manual are applica- ble to areas where there are no laws and regulations on the installation and use of a child restraint system. ►In addition to the installation in- structions and operation manual, observe local laws and regulations for the installation and use of a child restraint system. ►In any area where laws and regula- tions have been made on the instal- lation and use of a child restraint system, if any relevant content of this manual is inconsistent with the local laws and regulations, the local laws and regulations shall prevail. Detecting risks, avoiding dangers Securing systems for child restraint systems in the vehicle Only use the following securing systems for the child restraint systems: ●ISOFIX/i-Size fixing point ●The vehicle's seat belt system ●TOP TETHER anchorages When the child is secured using the safety belt integrated in the ISOFIX/i-Size child restraint system, observe the maximum permissible weight of the child and child restraint system together. The advantage of a rearward-facing child restraint system Toddlers or infants should preferably trav- el in a suitable rearward-facing child re- straint system, so that they are seated in the opposite direction of travel and facing backward. Babies and infants have comparatively poorly developed neck muscles and a rear- ward-facing child restraint system can re- duce the risk of injury to the cervical spine in an accident. Secure the child restraint system correctly at all times WARNING Risk of injury or death caused by incorrect installation of the child restraint system If the child restraint system is incor- rectly installed on a suitable seating po- sition, it cannot perform its intended protective function. The child cannot be restrained in the event of an accident, heavy braking or a sudden change of direction. ►Always observe the installation in- structions and operation manual provided by the manufacturer for the child restraint system being used. ►Make sure that the entire base of the child restraint system always rests on the sitting surface of the seat. ►Never place objects, such as cush- ions, under or behind the child re- straint system. Occupants safety 37

WARNING Risk of injury or death

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 39 · Applies to: #1

from unsecured child restraint sys- tems in the vehicle If the child restraint system is not cor- rectly installed or secured, it could re- lease in the event of an accident, sudden braking or a sudden change in direction. The child restraint system could be tossed around and hit the occupants in- side the vehicle. ►Always fit child restraint systems correctly, even when not in use. ►Always observe the installation in- structions and operation manual provided by the manufacturer for the child restraint system being used. ●Observe the instructions of warning la- bels in the vehicle interior and on the child restraint system. ●Attach the TOP TETHER. Never alter the child restraint system WARNING Risk of injury due to alter- ations to the child restraint system The child restraint system may no lon- ger function as it is supposed to if alter- ations are made or objects are attached to it, such as toys or unsuitable acces- sories. This poses an increased risk of injury! ►Never alter the child restraint system. Only use child restraint systems which are not damaged WARNING Risk of injury or death caused by the use of damaged child restraint systems Child restraint systems or their retaining systems that have been subjected to a load in an accident may then not be able to perform their intended protective function. The child may not be restrained in the event of an accident, heavy braking or a sudden change of direction. ►Always replace child restraint sys- tems immediately that have been damaged or involved in an accident. ►Contact a smart Authorized Service Partner to have the retaining sys- tems for the child restraint systems checked before installing a child re- straint system again. Avoid direct sunlight WARNING Risk of burns when the child restraint system is exposed to direct sunlight If the child restraint system is exposed to direct sunlight, components could heat up. Children could suffer burns on these components, particularly on metallic parts of the child restraint system. ►Make sure that the child restraint system is not exposed to direct sunlight. ►If the child restraint system has been exposed to direct sunlight, al- low it to cool before securing a child into it. ►Never leave children unattended in the vehicle. 38 Occupants safety

Observe the following when stopping or

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 40 · Applies to: #1

parking WARNING Risk of accident and injury due to children left unattended in the vehicle If children are left unattended in the vehicle, they could in particular: ●Open doors, thereby endangering other persons or road users. ●Get out and be struck by oncoming traffic. ●Operate vehicle equipment and be- come trapped. In addition, children could also set the vehicle in motion, by in particular: ●Releasing the parking brake ●Shifting the gear ●Starting the vehicle ►Never leave children unattended in the vehicle. ►When leaving the vehicle, always take the key with you and lock the vehicle. ►Keep the key out of the reach of children. WARNING Risk of fatal injury due to exposure to extreme heat or cold in the vehicle If people, particularly children, are ex- posed to extreme temperatures over an extended period of time, there is a risk of serious or even fatal injury! ►Never leave anyone, particularly children, unattended in the vehicle. ►Never leave animals in the vehicle unattended. Suitability of the seats for attaching child restraint systems When using a child restraint system on the front passenger seat, observe the following: ●The passenger airbag must be deacti- vated when using a rearward-facing child restraint system. Once the rear- ward-facing child restraint system is removed, activate the passenger airbag immediately. ●If possible, adjust the front passenger seat backrest vertically to ensure se- cure contact between the backrest and the child restraint system. ●Try adjusting the seat position and re- moving the head restraint when the backrest of the child restraint system does not fit the shape of the seat or in- terferes with the seat head restraint during child restraint system installa- tion on the front passenger seat. ●Adjust the height of the front passenger seat as much as possible to ensure cor- rect installation of the child restraint system. ●Adjust the height of the front passenger seat belt to make sure the seat belt does not kink or bent over the edge of the guide device as it passes through the guide device. Occupants safety 39

Securing with the vehicle seat belt (universal) When a child restraint system is secured

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 41 · Applies to: #1

with the vehicle seat belt, the suitability for the child restraint system on each seat is as follows: Group Child weight Front passenger seat Second row passenger seat Passenger airbag enabled Passenger airbag disabled Second row outboard seat Second row middle seat 0 < 10 kg X U U U 0+ < 13 kg X U U U I 9 - 18 kg UF U U U II 15 - 25 kg UF U U U III 22 - 36 kg UF U U U When using a child restraint system on the front passenger seat: Adjust the front passenger seat as high as possible. Adjust the front passenger seat to its back most position. U: Suitable for child restraint system of the Universal category in this weight group. UF: Suitable for forward-facing child restraint system of the Universal category in this weight group. X: Not suitable in this weight group and/or size class. aaa The ISOFIX child restraint system falls into the ISOFIX size category described in UN Regulation No. 16 Annex 17 Appendix 2: ●A - ISO/F3: Full height forward-facing toddler child restraint system. ●B - ISO/F2: Reduced height forward-fac- ing toddler child restraint system. ●B1 - ISO/F2X: Reduced height forward- facing toddler child restraint system. ●C - ISO/R3: Full size rearward-facing toddler child restraint system. ●D - ISO/R2: Reduced size rearward-fac- ing toddler child restraint system. ●E - ISO/R1: Rearward-facing infant child restraint system. ●F - ISO/L1: Left side-facing child re- straint system (carry cot). ●G - ISO/L2: Right side-facing child re- straint system (carry cot). 40 Occupants safety

Securing with ISOFIX When a child restraint system is secured with ISOFIX, the

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 42 · Applies to: #1

suitability for the child restraint system on each seat is as follows: Group Child weight Size category Front passenger seat Second row passenger seat Passen- ger air- bag enabled Passen- ger air- bag disabled Second row out- board seat Second row mid- dle seat 0 < 10 kg E X IL IL X 0+ < 13 kg C D E X IL IL X I 9 - 18 kg A B B1 X IL IUF X C D X IL IL X II 15 - 25 kg - X IUF IUF X III 22 - 36 kg - X IUF IUF X The child restraint system size category is indicated on the child restraint system plate. Suitable for ISO/R3 installation devices. When using a child restraint system on the front passenger seat, adjust the front pas- senger seat to the rear most position. IL: Suitable for ISOFIX child restraint systems with Semi-universal certification. IUF: Suitable for forward-facing child restraint system in this weight group. X: not suitable for a child restraint system in this weight group and/or size class. aaa Occupants safety 41

i-Size child restraint system

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 43 · Applies to: #1

Front passenger seat Second row passenger seat Passenger airbag enabled Passenger airbag disabled Second row out- board seat Second row middle seat i-UF i-U i-U X i-UF: Suitable for a forward-facing i-Size child restraint system in the Universal category. i-U: Suitable for forward-facing and rearward-facing i-Size child restraint systems in the Universal category. X: Not suitable for i-Size child restraint systems in the Universal category. aaa Notes on installing a child restraint system WARNING Risk of injury due to sec- ond row seat cushion and seat back- rest not being engaged correctly If the second row seat cushion and backrest are not engaged correctly, they may fold forward, for example, when suddenly braking or encountering an accident. ●In this case, the vehicle occupant will be pushed into the seat belt by the second row seat cushion or backrest. Seat belts will not provide the best level of protection and may cause ad- ditional injuries. ●If the seat backrest is folded forward, the objects or loads in the boot could slip forward. ►Always make sure the second row seat cushion and backrest are en- gaged correctly before each journey. When fitting a child restraint system, ob- serve particularly the following: ●Always observe the correct use of the seats and consider their suitability for attaching a child restraint system. ●Always observe the child restraint sys- tem manufacturer's installation instructions. ●Make sure the child's feet do not touch the front seat. If necessary, move the front seat forward slightly. ●When installing a child restraint system on the second row seats, adjust the second row seats as far back as possible. When fitting an ISOFIX/i-Size child re- straint system, also observe the following: ●When using a child restraint system in weight category 0/0+ and the back- ward-facing child restraint system in weight category l on a second row seat, adjust the front seat to prevent it from touching the child restraint system. ●If necessary, remove the head restraint from the corresponding seat when us- ing a forward-facing child restraint sys- tem in weight category I. In addition, the backrest of the child restraint sys- tem must be as close as possible to the backrest of the vehicle seat. After removing the child restraint sys- tem, install the head restraint immedi- ately and adjust it correctly. Do not remove the head restraint when using a toddler booster cushion. ●For certain child restraint systems in weight categories II or III, the maximum size setting may be restricted. ●The child restraint system must not touch the roof and/or be fitted facing the wrong direction. 42 Occupants safety

●The child restraint system must not be

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 44 · Applies to: #1

put under strain by the head restraint. If necessary, adjust the head restraint accordingly. Fitting an ISOFIX or an i-Size child restraint system WARNING Risk of injury or death if the weight of the child exceeds the permissible gross mass For ISOFIX/i-Size child restraint systems in which the child is secured using the seat belt integrated in the child re- straint system, the weight of the child shall not exceed the permissible gross mass of the child restraint system. If the child weighs more than the per- missible gross mass, the ISOFIX/i-Size child restraint system with integrated seat belt does not offer sufficient pro- tection. Too much load may be placed on the ISOFIX/i-Size child seat and the child may not be restrained correctly in the event of an accident, for example. ►If the child weighs more than the permissible gross mass, the ISOFIX/i- Size child restraint system and the vehicle seat belt must be used together. ►Also secure the child restraint sys- tem with the TOP TETHER belt, if available. Always observe the following child restraint system instructions regarding the weight: ●In the manufacturer's installation and operating instructions for the child re- straint system used. ●On the label of the child restraint sys- tem, if present. Regularly check the weight of the child and make sure it is still complied with the permissible gross weight of the child re- straint system. Before every trip, make sure that the ISO- FIX/i-Size child restraint system is en- gaged correctly in both anchor points in the vehicle. NOTE When installing a child re- straint system, be careful not to damage the seat belt. ►Make sure the seat belt is not caught. Attach the ISOFIX/i-Size child restraint system to both anchor points in the vehicle. Attaching TOP TETHER to the front passenger seat ISOFIX label is located on the front passen- ger seat’s rear curtain. Fitting child seat securing system Occupants safety 43

1. If necessary, remove or slide the head

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 45 · Applies to: #1

restraint upward and move the seat backward. 2. Fitting the ISOFIX child restraint system with TOP TETHER. Observe the child re- straint system manufacturer's installa- tion instructions when doing so. 3. Guide the TOP TETHER belt through the space between the two head restraint bars under the head restraint. 4. Release the seat rear curtain lace , fold the rear curtain upward to gain ac- cess to the anchorage. 5. Attach the hook of the TOP TETHER belt to the anchorage . Be careful not to twist it. 6. Tension the TOP TETHER belt. Observe the child restraint system manufactur- er's installation instructions when doing so. 7. If necessary, slide the head restraint downward. Make sure that the correct arrangement of the TOP TETHER belt is not affected. Attaching TOP TETHER to the second row seat WARNING Risk of injury or death if the second row seat backrest is not locked after the TOP TETHER belt is installed If the second row seat backrests are not locked, they may fold forward in case of an accident, emergency brake or sudden steering, resulting in the failure of the child restraint system to provide the in- tended protection. The unlocked second row seat backrests may also cause oth- er injuries in an accident. ►After installing the TOP TETHER belt, lock the second row seat backrests. The risk of injury can be reduced by TOP TETHER. The TOP TETHER belt allows an additional connection between the child restraint system attached with ISOFIX/i- Size and the vehicle. 1. If necessary, remove or slide the head restraint upward. 2. Fitting the ISOFIX/i-Size child restraint system with TOP TETHER. Observe the child restraint system manufacturer's installation instructions when doing so. 3. Guide the TOP TETHER belt through the space between the two head 44 Occupants safety

restraint bars under the head restraint

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 46 · Applies to: #1

. 4. Guide the TOP TETHER belt down- ward and through the space between the boot screen and the seat back- rest . 5. Attach the hook of the TOP TETHER belt to the anchorage . Be careful not to twist it. 6. Tension the TOP TETHER belt . Ob- serve the child restraint system manu- facturer's installation instructions when doing so. 7. If necessary, slide the head restraint downward. Make sure that the correct arrangement of the TOP TETHER belt is not affected. Installing seat belt-secured child restraint systems Always observe the installation instruc- tions provided by the child restraint sys- tem manufacturer. Observe the following general guidelines for seat belt-secured child restraint systems: ●Make sure that the child restraint sys- tem is suitable for the child's weight, height and age. ●Avoid dressing the child with bulky clothes. ●Never place objects between the child and the child restraint system. ●Adjust the seat belt of the child re- straint system for each child accord- ingly before every journey. 1. Place the child restraint system on a suitable seat and pull out the seat belt completely. Tighten and fasten the seat belt according to the installation in- structions provided by the child re- straint system manufacturer. 2. Guide the vehicle seat belt through the child restraint and engage the seat belt tongue into the buckle. Make sure the seat belt is not twisted. Fasten the ve- hicle seat belt firmly to the child re- straint system according to the installation instructions of the child re- straint system. 3. If the child restraint system is not equipped with a vehicle seat belt locking device, purchase a locking clip to lock the vehicle seat belt in place. 4. Shake the child restraint system back and forth to make sure the child re- straint system is firmly installed. Install a child restraint system on the second row middle seat No. 5 buckle No. 4 buckle When installing a child restraint system, if the No. 5 buckle interferes, move the No. 4 buckle forward and hide it in the seat cushion to make room for the No. 5 buckle to tilt sideways, thus minimize the interference. Occupants safety 45

Notes on installing a child restraint

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 47 · Applies to: #1

system on the front passenger seat Notes on the rearward-facing and forward-facing child restraint systems on the front passenger seat WARNING Risk of injury or death if a rearward-facing child restraint sys- tem is used while the passenger air- bag is enabled If you secure a child in a rearward-fac- ing child restraint system on the front passenger seat and the passenger air- bag is enabled, the passenger airbag can deploy in the event of an accident and impact the child. ►Make sure the passenger airbag is disabled. The passenger airbag off indicator must be on. ►Never use a rearward-facing child restraint system on a seat protected by an active airbag in front of it, death or serious injury to the child can occur. Always pay attention to the status of the passenger airbag using the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator ●If a child restraint system is installed on the front passenger seat, observe the notes on disabling the passenger airbag. ●When using a rearward-facing child re- straint system on the front passenger seat, the passenger airbag must always be disabled. ●If the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator is turned on, the front passenger airbag is enabled. The front passenger airbag may deploy during an accident. ●When installing a child restraint system on the front passenger seat, adjust the front passenger seat as far back as pos- sible and move the seat into the highest position. Child lock WARNING Risk of accident and injury due to children left unattended in the vehicle If children are left unattended in the vehicle, they could in particular: ●Open doors, thereby endangering other persons or road users. ●Get out and be struck by oncoming traffic. ●Operate vehicle equipment and be- come trapped. In addition, children could also set the vehicle in motion, by in particular: ●Releasing the parking brake ●Shifting the gear ●Starting the vehicle ►Never leave children unattended in the vehicle. ►When leaving the vehicle, always take the key with you and lock the vehicle. ►Keep the key out of the reach of children. A child lock can prevent the rear door from being opened from the inside and the rear window lifter from being operated. Type 1 The child lock is located at the edge of the rear door can be operated only when the rear door is opened. 46 Occupants safety

Left and right side rear door child locks

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 48 · Applies to: #1

can be enabled separately: ●Enabling the child lock: use the me- chanical key to rotate the child lock in the direction of the arrow . Once it is enabled, the rear door can still be opened from the outside but not from the inside. ●Disabling the child lock: turn in the op- posite direction of enabling to dis- able the corresponding child lock. Once it is disabled, the rear door can be opened both from the outside and the inside. Type 2 A child lock can prevent the rear door from being opened from the inside and the rear window lifter from being operated. Enabling/disabling the child lock Enter the vehicle setting interface, tap Quick Controls > Child Lock > Left child lock/ Right child lock to enable/disable child lock. Traveling safely with pets in the vehicle Notes on pets in the vehicle If pets are traveling in the vehicle, observe the notes on traveling with pets. WARNING Risk of accident and injury due to animals left unsecured or un- attended in the vehicle If you leave animals in the vehicle unat- tended or unsecured, they could possi- bly press down buttons or switches. Thereby an animal may: ●Activate vehicle equipment and be- come trapped ●Switch systems on or off and endan- ger other road users. ►Never leave animals in the vehicle unattended. ►Always correctly secure animals while driving, for example using a suitable animal carrier. Occupants safety 47

Overview of the key functions

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 49 · Applies to: #1

Key Overview of the key functions WARNING Risk of accident and injury due to children left unattended in the vehicle If children are left unattended in the vehicle, they could in particular: ●Open doors, thereby endangering other persons or road users. ●Get out and be struck by oncoming traffic. ●Operate vehicle equipment and be- come trapped. In addition, children could also set the vehicle in motion, by in particular: ●Releasing the parking brake ●Shifting the gear ●Starting the vehicle ►Never leave children unattended in the vehicle. ►When leaving the vehicle, always take the key with you and lock the vehicle. ►Keep the key out of the reach of children. Keyfob Unlock and the turning signal lights flash. Press briefly to unlock/lock the liftgate; press and hold to open/close the liftgate. Lock and the turning signal lights flash. When the keyfob battery is low, a message pops up on the centre dis- play. Replace the battery as soon as possible. The keyfob can lock and unlock the fol- lowing components: ●Doors ●Charging port cover ●Liftgate Do not stow the keyfob with electronic equipment or metal objects. The perform- ance of the keyfob may be affected. NOTE Strong magnetic field dam- ages the keyfob. ►Keep the keyfob away from strong magnetic fields. smart APP Bluetooth key (if equipped). You can register for smart APP Bluetooth key through the smart APP and then un- lock/lock the vehicle with the mobile phone. When you approach the vehicle with your mobile phone, the vehicle detects the Bluetooth signal of the mobile phone. You can now unlock/lock the vehicle with the smart APP Bluetooth key. Pay attention to the following when using the smart APP Bluetooth key: ●Turn on the smart APP and enable Bluetooth. ●The performance of Bluetooth connec- tion depends on the intensity of Blue- tooth signal of the mobile phone used, and is easily affected by environmental factors such as strong magnetic field and object occlusion. ●The smart APP Bluetooth key has an anti-play mechanism. When locking and unlocking the vehicle using the smart APP Bluetooth key, the time gap be- tween the unlock and lock operations normally needs to be longer than 20 seconds. If the time gap between the 2 operations is shorter than 20 seconds, the operation may fail. 48 Opening and closing

Vehicle re-lock

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 50 · Applies to: #1

If no door has been opened after the ve- hicle being unlocked for a period of time, the vehicle automatically locks up. The anti-theft alarm system is activated again. Find My Car When you forget where the vehicle is parked, press on the keyfob briefly twice to use Find My Car, so the vehicle lights flash and the horn sounds. Turning on/off the Find My Car alarm Enter the setting interface: ●Tap

Vehicle Settings > Vehicle Control > Find My Car to turn on/off the Find My Car alarm (→Page 152). Enabling/Disabling Lock Sound When the lock sound is enabled, the ve- hicle horns during locking to confirm ve- hicle is locked. Turning on/off Lock Sound Enter the setting interface: ●Tap Vehicle Settings > Vehicle Control > Lock Sound to turn on/off Lock Sound (→Page 152). Enabling/disabling Double Click Unlock When two-step unlocking is enabled, press the unlock button on the remote key to unlock the driver's door, and press it again to unlock all doors. Turning on/off two-step unlocking Enter the setting interface: ●Tap Vehicle Settings > Vehicle Control > Double Click Unlock to turn on/ off Double Click Unlock (→Page 152). Removing and installing the mechanical key Removing the mechanical key 1. Turn the keyfob lower cover in the di- rection of the arrow and remove it. 2. Open the mechanical key cover in the direction of the arrow and take out the mechanical key. Installing the mechanical key Return the mechanical key to the original location, and then install the mechanical key cover and the keyfob lower cover. Replacing the keyfob battery WARNING Serious damage to health caused by swallowing batteries Batteries contain toxic and corrosive substances. Swallowing batteries may cause serious damage to health and risk of fatal injury. ►Keep batteries out of the reach of children. ►If batteries are swallowed, seek medical attention immediately. Opening and closing 49

ENVIRONMENTAL NOTE Environmen-

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 51 · Applies to: #1

tal damage from improper disposal of batteries Batteries contain pollutants. Do not discard batteries with the house- hold rubbish. ► Dispose of batteries in an environmentally responsible manner. Take discharged batteries to a smart Authorized Service Partner or a used battery recycling point. Requirements for battery: ●A 3-volt CR 2032/2032H button cell is required. Contact a smart Authorized Service Part- ner for battery replacement. Replacing the keyfob battery: 1. Turn the keyfob lower cover in the di- rection of the arrow and remove it. 2. Insert a suitable tool into the groove of the battery compartment cover and turn in the direction of the arrow to the Open position, then remove the cover . 3. Remove the keyfob battery . 4. Install a new battery into the battery compartment, install the battery com- partment cover, insert a suitable tool in- to the groove of the battery compartment cover and turn in the di- rection of the arrow to the Close po- sition. Install the keyfob lower cover. Problems with the keys If the vehicle cannot be locked/unlocked Possible causes: ●The keyfob battery is low or exhausted. ●The keyfob is malfunctioning. ●When the keyfob tightly adheres to electronic equipment such as mobile phone and computer, it may fail. When the keyfob leaves the interference source, its function can be recovered. ●There is a strong radio interference source. ˗ The vehicle is near a radio tower/TV tower or power station. ˗ There are radio devices around the vehicle, such as transmitters or radio broadcasting devices ●Operating the keyfob invalidly. ˗ The function will be disabled after 10 consecutive operations of the keyfob to lock or unlock the vehicle within 60 seconds, and then will automatically recover after 120 seconds. In case of losing your keyfob or mechanical key ●Contact a smart Authorized Service Partner. 50 Opening and closing

Doors

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 52 · Applies to: #1

Unlocking/opening the doors from inside When the vehicle is unlocked: Pull the door handle to open the door. When the vehicle is locked: Pull the door handle or tap the unlock button on the centre display to unlock the door, and pull the door handle again to open the door. Unlocking/locking the vehicle from the central lock 1. Unlock: press the button . 2. Lock: press the button . If the vehicle is locked as below, the above operation cannot unlock the vehicle: ●Using the keyfob or the smart APP Blue- tooth key (if equipped). ●Using keyless entry. Unlocking/locking the vehicle with Keyless Entry Enabling conditions ●The key is outside the vehicle ●The distance between the key and the vehicle is within 1.5 meters at the 2 front doors or 1 meter at the liftgate. To unlock: Bring along the key and touch the sensing area on the front door handle. When the door handles pop out, the vehicle is unlocked. To lock: When the vehicle doors and liftgate are all closed, bring along the key and touch the sensing area on the door handle. When the door handles retract, the vehicle is locked. Touch to unlock setting Enter the setting interface: ●Tap

Vehicle settings > Vehicle control > Touch to unlock to set touch to unlock one side or all doors (→Page 152). Approach to Unlock/Walk Away to Lock When the function is enabled, the vehicle automatically unlocks or locks when it de- tects the key entering or leaving the sens- ing area. Opening and closing 51

Approach to Unlock

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 53 · Applies to: #1

When the vehicle is locked, bring the key within about 1.5 meters of the vehicle, the door handles will pop out, and the vehicle will be automatically unlocked. The remote control key is easily in- terfered with by electronic devices such as mobile phones and power banks, as well as external magnetic fields. In case of interference de- scribed above, the Approach to Un- lock function will fail. At this time, you can unlock the door by touching the door handle or using the key. Walk Away to Lock When both the doors and the liftgate are closed and the key is about 2 meters away from the vehicle, the door handles retract and the vehicle will be locked automati- cally. Double lock will not be activated when the vehicle is being locked by the Walk Away to Lock function. The remote control key is easily in- terfered with by electronic devices such as mobile phones and power banks, as well as external magnetic fields; please confirm whether the vehicle is locked when you use the Walk Away to Lock function. The keyfob is easily affected by the surrounding environment of the ve- hicle. For example, when there is a substation or charging station around the vehicle, the field strength generated in the environ- ment will interfere with the keyfob. Please confirm whether the vehicle is locked when you use the Walk Away to Lock function. Enabling/disabling Approach to Unlock/ Walk Away to Lock Enter the setting interface: ●Tap

Vehicle Settings > Vehicle Control > Approach to unlock/Walk away to lock to enable/disable Approach to Unlock/Walk Away to Lock (→Page 152). Make sure that your vehicle is locked to prevent the vehicle from not being locked automatically after you leave the vehicle due to external strong magnetic field interference and other factors. Even though the Walk Away to Lock function is enabled, it is ultimately your responsibility to ensure the ve- hicle is locked. Automatic lock on drive After the vehicle is started and the speed reaches 7 km/h(5 mph), the vehicle is locked automatically. Automatic unlock in case of emergency When the vehicle suffers a collision above a certain extent, the vehicle doors unlock automatically to facilitate the escape of occupants and the rescue from emergency responders. Automatic unlock when parked After the function is enabled, when the ve- hicle is stopped and shifted to park , the vehicle doors and liftgate are unlock automatically. Turning on/off the unlock the vehicle at P gear Enter the setting interface: ●Tap Vehicle settings > Vehicle control > Unlock the vehicle at P gear to turn on/off the unlock the vehicle at P gear (→Page 152). Unlocking/locking the doors with the mechanical key Unlocking/locking the driver's door 1. Take out the mechanical key (→Page 49). 52 Opening and closing

2. Press the frontal section

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 54 · Applies to: #1

of the door handle, pull the door handle . If the handle cannot be pulled, con- tact a smart Authorized Service Partner. 3. Unlock the door: insert the mechanical key into the key hole until it stops, ro- tate the mechanical key in the direction , release the key, release the door handle, and pull the door handle again to open the vehicle door. Lock the door: close the vehicle door, turn the mechanical key in the direction , take out the key, and release the door handle. Locking other doors Turn the door lock in the direction of the arrow until it stops. The door will be locked once closed. Double lock Overview of Double Lock Once Double Lock is enabled, the door can- not be opened from inside. Use of Double Lock Lock the doors with a keyfob or smart APP Bluetooth key (if equipped), and after about 10 seconds, Double Lock will be enabled. If a door is opened before Double Lock is activated, the activation of Double Lock will be interrupted and the alarm will be disabled. Enabling/disabling Double Lock Enter the setting interface: ●Tap

Vehicle Settings > Vehicle Control > Temporarily Remove Alert, turning on Temporarily Remove Alert can disable Double Lock temporarily (→ Page 152). Liftgate Opening the liftgate NOTE Damage of liftgate due to ob- stacles above the vehicle The liftgate swings backward and up- ward when it is opened. ►Make sure that there is sufficient space behind and above the liftgate. You can open the liftgate in the following ways: ●Press and hold the button on the keyfob. Opening and closing 53

●Press and hold the liftgate switch but-

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 55 · Applies to: #1

ton . ●Tap the button on the centre display. ●Press the button on the smart APP Bluetooth key (if equipped). ●Vehicles equipped with foot kick power liftgate: bring along the keyfob and kick below the rear bumper. ●Bring along the keyfob and press the button on the liftgate. Power liftgate: press the button on the liftgate to unlock, the liftgate opens up automatically and gradually. The liftgate opening and closing processes stop if there are people or obstacles block its movement. Make sure the area is clear of people and obstacles when opening and closing the liftgate. Closing the liftgate WARNING Risk of injury from unse- cured items in the vehicle If objects are not secured or not secured sufficiently, they could slip, tip over or be flung around and thereby hit vehicle occupants. There is a risk of injury, particularly in the event of sudden braking or a sudden change in direction. ►Always stow objects in such a way that they cannot be flung around. ►Before the journey, secure objects against slipping or tipping over. WARNING Risk of being trapped dur- ing automatic closing of liftgate During the automatic closing of the lift- gate, body parts may be trapped. For example, children may be standing or entering the closing area. ►Make sure that no one is near the closing area during the closing process. ►Stop closing the liftgate in one of the following ways: ˗ Press the button on the keyfob. ˗ Press the button on the left instrument panel combination switch. ˗ Vehicle with power liftgate: press the button on the liftgate. ˗ Use the smart APP Bluetooth key (if equipped). ˗ Vehicles equipped with foot kick power liftgate: kick below the rear bumper. You can close the liftgate in the following ways: ●Vehicles equipped with foot kick power liftgate: bring along the keyfob and kick below the rear bumper. ●Press and hold the button on the keyfob. ●Press and hold the button on the left instrument panel combination switch. ●Vehicle with power liftgate: press the button on the liftgate. ●Use the smart APP Bluetooth key (if equipped). ●Tap the button on the centre display. 54 Opening and closing

Foot kick power liftgate

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 56 · Applies to: #1

When the vehicle detects the keyfob, you can open, close, or stop the liftgate by kicking below the rear bumper. The kicking motion alternately triggers the opening and closing process. Observe the notes on liftgate opening. A warning sound will be issued when the foot kick power liftgate is opened or closed. When kicking, make sure you stand on the ground firmly, or you may lose balance or fall down. Observe the following: ●If a kicking action is not recognized, please take back your foot from the sensing area and then kick again. ●In the sensing area, please do a quick and smooth kicking action. ●The keyfob or Bluetooth key (if equipped) needs to be behind the liftgate. ●When kicking, stand at least 30 centi- meters away from the vehicle. ●Do not touch the bumper when kicking. ●Do not move too slowly when kicking. ●The kick must point toward the sensor. Sensing area. System limitation The system may be affected or inopera- tive under the following circumstances: ●The area around the sensor is dirty due to snow melt, salt or snow. ●Kick with artificial limbs. The liftgate may open or close acciden- tally under the following circumstances: ●Someone's arm or leg moves within the detection range of the sensor, such as polishing a vehicle or picking up an item. ●Someone moves or places objects be- hind the vehicle. ●Fastening tape, tarpaulin or other cov- ering covers the bumper. ●A protective pad with a length exceed- ing the boot frame beam is used, which blocks the detection range of the sensor. ●The protective pad is not properly secured. Setting the liftgate opening angle Manually adjusting the liftgate opening angle If necessary, you can set the liftgate open- ing angle. 1. Manually open the liftgate to the desired height. 2. Press the button on the lower edge of the liftgate until an audible sig- nal is heard. 3. The opening angle is set. Restore the maximum opening angle: 1. Manually open the liftgate to the high- est position. 2. Press the button on the liftgate until an audible signal is heard. Setting the liftgate opening angle on the centre display You can adjust the opening of liftgate to the height that suits your needs. Enter the setting interface: Opening and closing 55

●Tap

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 57 · Applies to: #1

Quick Controls > Height to set the liftgate opening height (position 1, 2, 3, 4, 5). Unlocking the liftgate mechanically If the battery is low or the lock mechanism is broken, the liftgate can be opened from the inside mechanically. The operation steps are as follows: 1. Fold the second row seat backrest forward. 2. Press the clip and remove the trim panel . 3. Press the unlock switch and the lift- gate unlocks. Windows Opening and closing the windows WARNING Risk of being trapped when opening and closing a window When opening and closing a window, parts of the body could be drawn in or be trapped between the window and window frame. ►When opening and closing windows, make sure that nobody is touching the window. ►If someone is trapped, release the window switch immediately. WARNING Risk of being trapped when children operate the windows Children could be trapped if they oper- ate the windows, particularly when unattended. ►Enable the rear window child lock. ►When leaving the vehicle, always take the key with you and lock the vehicle. ►Never leave children unattended in the vehicle. One touch up Pull the button past the point of resist- ance and release, the window will be closed fully. Closing Pull the button. Opening Press the button. One touch down 56 Opening and closing

Press the button past the point of re-

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 58 · Applies to: #1

sistance and release, the window will be opened fully. Windows can rise and lower slightly in the following conditions: ●When a door is being opened, the win- dow lowers slightly to facilitate the operation. ●After lowering, the window rises back up once the door is closed to prevent leak. ●When a door is being opened as its win- dow sitting at the very bottom, the win- dow rises slightly to prevent shaking. When the vehicle is powered off and the windows are fully closed, do not open doors unnecessarily. Window anti-pinch If an object blocks or restricts a window as it is closing, the window will open again automatically. During the closing process, make sure that no objects or body parts are restricting the window closing operation. WARNING Risk of becoming trapped despite the anti-pinch protection of the windows The reversing function does not react: ●Soft, small objects or body parts. ●During self-learning of anti-pinch function. The anti-pinch function cannot prevent people from becoming trapped in these situations. ►During closing of windows, make sure that there are no objects or body parts that hinder the closing action of windows. ►If someone is trapped, press the button to open the window again. Controlling the windows from the centre display The switches on the driver's door have higher priority, and the window opening position can also be adjusted on the centre display. Close all windows ●Enter the shortcut interface: Swipe downward on the centre display or tap

to close all windows. Open all windows ●Enter the shortcut interface: Swipe downward on the centre display or tap

to open all windows. Ventilate ●Enter the shortcut interface: Swipe downward on the centre display or tap

to open all windows. Convenient opening WARNING Risk of being trapped when opening and closing a window When opening and closing a window, parts of the body could be drawn in or be trapped between the window and window frame. ►When opening and closing windows, make sure that nobody is touching the window. ►If someone is trapped, release the window switch immediately. Press the button on the keyfob, and the vehicle performs the following: ●Unlocking the vehicle ●Unfolding the outside rearview mirrors automatically (if the function is enabled) Press and hold the unlock button on the central lock inside the vehicle, and the ve- hicle windows open. Press and hold the button on the keyfob, and the vehicle windows open. Opening and closing 57

Convenient closing

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 59 · Applies to: #1

WARNING Risk of becoming trapped due to accidental operation of con- venient closing function When the convenient closing function is in operation, body parts could be trapped in the closing areas of the win- dows or sunshade in the process. ►When closing, make sure that no body parts are in the closing area. You can set the sunroof convenient closing function on the central display (→Page 58). Press and hold the button on the keyfob or press and hold the sensing area of the exterior door handle while carrying the keyfob or smart APP Bluetooth key (if equipped), and the vehicle will perform the following functions: ●Locking the vehicle ●Closing the windows ●Automatic folding of outside rearview mirror (if the function is enabled) Press the button on the keyfob again midway to interrupt the operations above. Press and hold the lock button of the cen- tral lock in the car to close the windows. Problems with the windows Possible causes of windows not being able to close: 1. Check whether there are objects in the window guides. 2. Adjust the windows. ●If the windows are obstructed during closing or the one touch up function of the windows is malfunctioning, follow the following to perform window relearn: ˗ Pull the switch upward and release the switch 3 seconds after the win- dow has reached the top. ˗ Press the switch to lower the window all the way down and release the switch. ˗ Pull the switch up to raise the window all the way to the top and release the switch. ˗ After the relearn is complete, test whether there is a one touch up function. It is your responsibility to ensure that windows are closed after the vehicle is locked. Sunroof Opening and closing the sun shield Open and close the sun shield with the sun shield switch to control the amount of light entering the vehicle from the sunroof. To open the sun shield manually: push the switch in the direction of the arrow to the first resistance point, the sun shield opens manually. To close the sun shield manually: push the switch in the direction of the arrow to the first resistance point, the sun shield closes manually. To open the sun shield automatically: push the switch in the direction of the ar- row to the second resistance point, the sun shield opens automatically. During the opening process of the sun shield, push the sun shield switch in the oppo- site direction again, and the sun shield stops opening. To close the sun shield automatically: push the switch in the direction of the 58 Opening and closing

arrow to the second resistance point,

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 60 · Applies to: #1

the sun shield closes automatically. During the closing process of the sun shield, push the sun shield switch in the opposite direction again, and the sun shield stops closing. Opening/closing the sun shield on the centre display Enter the setting interface: ●Tap

Quick Controls > to ad- just the sunshade (Closed, 25%, 50%, 75%, Open) or swipe in the sunshade touch control area on the centre display to adjust the sunshade. Anti-theft protection Anti-theft system WARNING Risks of modifying the anti-theft system Do not modify the anti-theft system by alteration or addition. Such modifica- tions may cause system failure. The anti-theft system is an electronic sys- tem to protect valuables such as the ve- hicle and personal property. The anti-theft system prevents others from illegally starting your vehicle. Only after receiving the key information match- ing the vehicle can the vehicle be started. If the anti-theft system is enabled, the ve- hicle status will be continuously moni- tored. An alarm will be triggered when the door/liftgate is not opened legally. The vehicle is also equipped with a track- ing system, which can track and locate the vehicle and remotely activate the anti- theft system to prevent the vehicle from being started. If the remote anti-theft sys- tem is activated, a message of vehicle fail- ure in start will pop up on the driver information display. If the driver information display indicates that the anti-theft system is faulty, con- tact a smart Authorized Service Partner for inspection as soon as possible. When the vehicle is locked and the anti- theft system is enabled, an alarm will be triggered under the following conditions: ●The door or liftgate is opened without a valid key. ●Motion in the cabin is detected when the vehicle is equipped with interior motion sensors. ●The vehicle is lifted or towed when it is equipped with motion and tilt sensors. ●The 12V battery cable is disconnected. NOTE This vehicle features an anti-theft sys- tem, but it can not prevent all acts of theft and make sure the absolute safety of the vehicle. If there is strong electromagnetic in- terference around the vehicle, such as power plant and signal tower, the anti-theft system may not work normally. Enabling/disabling the anti-theft protection When the vehicle is locked, the anti-theft system is enabled automatically. After un- locking the vehicle, the anti-theft system is automatically disabled. ●If a door is not closed, the vehicle can- not be locked and the anti-theft system cannot be switched on. ●If the liftgate or bonnet is opened, the anti-theft system will be partially en- abled. After the liftgate or bonnet is closed, the anti-theft system is fully enabled. Disabling the triggered anti-theft alarm When the alarm is triggered, the following happens: ●The alarm sounds for 30 seconds or un- til it is switched off. ●The hazard warning lamps flash for 5 minutes or until it is switched off. If the cause of alarm triggering is not solved, the alarm cycle repeats up to 10 times. Opening and closing 59

Switching off the alarm

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 61 · Applies to: #1

You can turn off the triggered alarm sys- tem in any of the following ways: ●Unlock the vehicle with a keyfob or the smart APP Bluetooth key (if equipped). ●Start the vehicle. Using the smart APP to control the vehicle remotely (remote unlock ex- cluded) cannot turn off the triggered anti-theft system. Steering wheel lock The steering wheel lock can make it diffi- cult to maneuver the vehicle in the event of a theft and etc. Mechanical noise may be heard when the steering wheel is being locked or unlocked. Enabling the steering wheel lock When the vehicle is locked remotely with the keyfob or smart APP Bluetooth key (if equipped), or when the vehicle is in the sleep mode, the steering wheel lock is enabled. Disabling the steering wheel lock When the vehicle is unlocked or when the vehicle is shifted to a gear other than park , the steering wheel lock is disabled. Motion and tilting alarm When the alarm is enabled, motion and tilt- ing sensors detect vehicle movement or changes in the vehicle's angle to the ground. Significant changes in vehicle an- gle or vehicle movement can activate the alarm. Vehicle intrusion alarm When the vehicle intrusion alarm is en- abled, the interior motion sensors detect movement inside the vehicle, including the airflow through the open windows. When the alarm is fully enabled and the alarm sensors are active, any significant movement in the passenger compartment can trigger the alarm. To avoid accidental triggering of the alarm: ●Close all windows when leaving the vehicle. ●If using the climate control, adjust the airflow direction so that it does not blow upward in the passenger compartment. 60 Opening and closing

Seats

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 62 · Applies to: #1

Notes on the correct driver’s seat position WARNING Risk of injury if vehicle settings are adjusted while the ve- hicle is in motion You could lose control of the vehicle particularly in the following situations: ●If you adjust the driver's seat, steer- ing wheel, head restraint or mirrors while the vehicle is in motion. ●If you fasten your seat belt while the vehicle is in motion. ►Before starting the vehicle, adjust the driver's seat, head restraint, steering wheel and mirrors and wear the seat belt correctly. When adjusting the driver's seat , the steering wheel and the seat belt , observe the following: ●You are as far away from the driver's airbag as possible. ●Sit in an almost upright position with the back against the seat backrest. ●Sit with the legs slightly supported on the seat cushion. ●Your legs are not fully extended and you can press the pedals properly. ●The back of the head rests against the centre of the head restraint and the contact point is flush with the eyes. ●You can reach the steering wheel with your arms slightly bent. ●You can move your legs freely. ●All displays on the driver information display and the head up display (if equipped) can be clearly seen. ●You can be fully aware of traffic conditions. ●When adjusting the seat position, do not touch any moving parts to avoid in- jury and/or damage. ●Your seat belt is pulled snugly against your body and is routed across the centre of your shoulder and across your hips in the pelvic area. Electrically adjusting the front seats WARNING Risk of injury if vehicle settings are adjusted while the ve- hicle is in motion You could lose control of the vehicle particularly in the following situations: ●If you adjust the driver's seat, steer- ing wheel, head restraint or mirrors while the vehicle is in motion. ●If you fasten your seat belt while the vehicle is in motion. ►Before starting the vehicle, adjust the driver's seat, head restraint, steering wheel and mirrors and wear the seat belt correctly. Seats and stowage 61

WARNING Risk of injury due to ad-

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 63 · Applies to: #1

justing the seats incorrectly ►Make sure that the front seats are locked in place before driving. Oth- erwise, personal injury could occur in case of an accident or emergency braking. ►Never adjust the seat when the ve- hicle is in motion. Otherwise, the ve- hicle may lose control. ►Adjust the seat correctly and make sure the brake pedal can be pressed down all the way. As long as this condition is met, adjust the seat as far back as possible to make sure the seating is comfortable and the vehicle is easy to operate. Adjusting the seat in the longitudinal direction: Toggle the control button forward or backward. Adjusting the seat cushion height: Tog- gle the control button upward or downward. Adjusting the seat backrest angle: Tog- gle the control button forward or backward. When the vehicle is not in the state, do not operate the power seat for a long time to prevent the 12 V battery from running out. Adjusting the 4-way lumbar support WARNING Risk of injury if vehicle settings are adjusted while the ve- hicle is in motion You could lose control of the vehicle particularly in the following situations: ●If you adjust the driver's seat, steer- ing wheel, head restraint or mirrors while the vehicle is in motion. ●If you fasten your seat belt while the vehicle is in motion. ►Before starting the vehicle, adjust the driver's seat, head restraint, steering wheel and mirrors and wear the seat belt correctly. WARNING Risk of injury due to ad- justing the seats incorrectly ►Make sure that the front seats are locked in place before driving. Oth- erwise, personal injury could occur in case of an accident or emergency braking. ►Never adjust the seat when the ve- hicle is in motion. Otherwise, the ve- hicle may lose control. ►Adjust the seat correctly and make sure the brake pedal can be pressed down all the way. As long as this condition is met, adjust the seat as far back as possible to make sure the seating is comfortable and the vehicle is easy to operate. 62 Seats and stowage

Rising

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 64 · Applies to: #1

Forward Lowering Backward Use the buttons to to adjust the lumbar support. Adjusting the second row seats Adjusting the seat forward/backward: lift the lever , slide the seat forward or backward and engage the seat into position. Adjusting the seat backrest: pull the pull- ring , tilt the backrest forward or back- ward and engage the backrest into position. Users can adjust the second row seats to the appropriate position ac- cordingly and the rear most posi- tions of the seat and the seat backrest are the designed positions. Folding/unfolding the second row seat backrests Folding the seat backrests Pull the tab or to fold the seat backrest. Unfolding the seat backrests Pull the tab or and push the seat backrest backward to the stop position. After the adjustment, make sure the back- rest is firmly engaged. Seats and stowage 63

Head restraint

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 65 · Applies to: #1

WARNING Risk of injury due to im- properly installed or adjusted head restraint If the head restraint is not properly in- stalled or adjusted, it will not provide the best level of protection. This increases the risk of head and neck injuries, such as in an accident or braking. ►Always drive the vehicle with the head restraint installed. ►Adjust the head restraint before the journey and make sure the top of the head restraint is flush with the top of your head. Never exchange the head restraints of the front seats and the second row seats. Oth- erwise, the height of the head restraints can not be adjusted correctly. 1. Adjusting the height of head restraint: press the button and push down to lower the head restraint. 2. Removing/installing the head restraint: press the button , and at the same time insert a suitable tool into the hole and push upward to remove the head restraint. Insert the bars into the guide sleeve and push down the head re- straint until it is locked in place. The removal and installation methods of front and rear head restraints are the same. Setting Easy Entry/Exit WARNING Risk of injury caused by Easy Entry/Exit Easy Entry/Exit may cause harm to pas- sengers in the second row seats ●If there are passengers behind the driver's seat, the backward move- ment of the driver's seat may cause injury after Easy Entry/Exit is activated. When Easy Entry/Exit is enabled, the driv- er's seat is automatically adjusted to facili- tate entering and exiting the vehicle. Enter the setting interface: ●Tap

Vehicle Settings > Vehicle Control > Easy Entry/Exit to turn on/off Easy Entry/Exit (→Page 152). After the vehicle is stopped completely and shifted to park , open the driver's door and the seat will be adjust to an ap- propriate position to facilitate exiting the vehicle. After Easy Entry/Exit is turned on, lock the vehicle and the seat will automatically re- turn to the driving position. Open the door and the seat will be adjusted to a appro- priate position to facilitate entering the vehicle. After getting in and sitting down, press the brake pedal and the seat will au- tomatically return to the driving position. After Easy Entry/Exit is enabled, if the driver manually adjusts the seat position when getting in or off the vehicle this time, Easy Entry/Exit will no longer be triggered. 64 Seats and stowage

Steering wheel

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 66 · Applies to: #1

Manually adjusting the steering wheel WARNING Risk of injury if vehicle settings are adjusted while the ve- hicle is in motion You could lose control of the vehicle particularly in the following situations: ●If you adjust the driver's seat, steer- ing wheel, head restraint or mirrors while the vehicle is in motion. ●If you fasten your seat belt while the vehicle is in motion. ►Before starting the vehicle, adjust the driver's seat, head restraint, steering wheel and mirrors and wear the seat belt correctly. WARNING Risk of entrapment for children when adjusting the steering wheel Children could injure themselves if they adjust the steering wheel. ►Never leave children unattended in the vehicle. ►When leaving the vehicle, always take the key with you and lock the vehicle. 1. Fold down the lever to unlock the steering column. 2. Set the steering wheel height: upward/ downward adjustment . 3. Set the steering wheel distance: for- ward/backward adjustment . 4. Fold up the lever to lock the steering column. 5. Move the steering wheel to make sure that the steering column is locked. Memory function Notes on memory function WARNING Accident risk due to using memory function while the vehicle is in motion If the driver's seat memory function is used while the vehicle is in motion, the adjustment may cause you to lose con- trol of the vehicle. ►Use the memory function only when the vehicle is stationary. WARNING Risk of becoming trapped when using memory function to set the seat When the memory function adjusts the seat, you and other vehicle occupants (especially children) may be trapped. ►When using the memory function to adjust the seat, make sure that body parts are not within the moving range of the seat; if someone is caught, adjust the seat manually im- mediately to interrupt the seat memory setting. WARNING Risk of becoming trapped when children use memory function If children enable memory function, they may be trapped, especially when unattended. ►Never leave children unattended in the vehicle. ►When leaving the vehicle, always take the key with you and lock the vehicle. Seats and stowage 65

Seat memory function

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 67 · Applies to: #1

WARNING Risk of injury if vehicle settings are adjusted while the ve- hicle is in motion You could lose control of the vehicle particularly in the following situations: ●If you adjust the driver's seat, steer- ing wheel, head restraint or mirrors while the vehicle is in motion. ●If you fasten your seat belt while the vehicle is in motion. ►Before starting the vehicle, adjust the driver's seat, head restraint, steering wheel and mirrors and wear the seat belt correctly. WARNING Risk of being trapped de- spite the anti-pinch protection of the seat The anti-pinch function does not react particularly: ●Soft, small objects or body parts. ●During self-learning of anti-pinch function. The anti-pinch function cannot prevent people from becoming trapped in these situations. ►Before door closing, make sure that there are no objects or body parts hindering the movement of the seat. ►If someone is caught, manually ad- just the side switch on the seat im- mediately to move away the seat. During switching to a preference position or entering/exiting the rest mode, the driver's seat will automatically move, and if there are objects hindering the movement, the seat will stop moving. During move- ment, make sure that there are no objects or body parts hindering the movement of the seat. Setting the memorized seat position The memorized position will change as personal accounts being switched. A vehicle owner's account can save 3 memorized positions: Preference 1, Prefer- ence 2, and Preference 3. The names can be edited according to need, and when the vehicle is not registered with an account, only 2 preference positions are available. To save: After adjusting the seat to the appropriate position, a box will pop out on the centre display. Tap Save or Save As to save the position to Preference 1, Prefer- ence 2, or Preference 3. Once saved, tap Preference 1, Preference 2, or Preference 3 on the centre display to adjust the seat to the memorized position. Recover: The recover button can bring the seat back to its current preference posi- tion. For example, when the seat is ad- justed in the Preference 1 position, tap the recover button and the seat will return to the memorized Preference 1 position. Interrupt: Tapping Preference 1, Prefer- ence 2, and Preference 3 on the centre dis- play or manually adjusting the seat during the position adjustment will interrupt the adjusting motion. Stowage space Notes on loading the vehicle WARNING Risk of injury from unse- cured items in the vehicle There is a risk of objects slipping or being flung around and hitting vehicle occupants in the event of emergency braking or a sudden change of direction if they are not secured inside the vehicle sufficiently. ►Always stow objects in such a way that they cannot be flung around. ►Before the journey, secure objects against slipping or tipping over. 66 Seats and stowage

WARNING Risk of injury due to ob-

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 68 · Applies to: #1

jects being stowed inappropriately There is a risk of objects slipping or being flung around and hitting vehicle occupants in the event of emergency braking or a sudden change of direction if they are not stowed inside the vehicle appropriately. For examples, cup hold- ers, open stowage spaces and mobile phone brackets cannot always retain all the objects they contain in the event of an accident. ►Always stow objects in such a way that they cannot be flung around in these or similar situations. ►Always make sure that objects do not protrude from stowage spaces, luggage nets or stowage nets. ►Close all lockable stowage spaces before starting a journey. ►Always stow and secure heavy, hard, pointed, sharp-edged or fragile ob- jects or objects that are too large in the boot. The handling performance of a laden ve- hicle depends on the distribution of the load within the vehicle. Observe the fol- lowing guidelines when loading and transporting: ●Do not surpass the gross vehicle weight rating. For the related information, refer to (→ Page 195). ●The load must not protrude above the upper edge of the seat backrest. ●When stowing objects in the boot, in- stall a luggage net (boot separator or screen). ●Secure the objects and distribute the load evenly with boot luggage retaining buckles (if equipped). Interior stowage spaces Overview of front stowage space Door stowage area. Stowage area with charging port. Glove box. Centre console stowage box (front). Stowage area below the centre console. Centre console armrest stowage area. NOTE The glove box hook can hold loads up to 2 kilograms. Do not hang overweighted objects on it or use it to secure cargo. Opening the glasses box in the centre of the headliner Press in the direction of the arrow to open the glasses box in the centre of the headliner. Expanding the second row seat armrest Seats and stowage 67

Pull the rope loop

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 69 · Applies to: #1

outward to expand the the second row seat armrest. Opening or closing the boot cover WARNING Risk of injury due to open- ing the boot floor cover. If you drive with the boot floor cover open, objects may be flung around and hit the passengers. There is a risk of in- jury, particularly in the event of sudden braking or a sudden change in direction. ►Close the boot floor cover before each journey. 1. To open: pull the handle upward and lift the boot cover upward. 2. To close: put the boot cover back in place. Boot separator (if equipped) WARNING Risk of injury or death due to objects being poorly secured The boot separator alone cannot secure any heavy objects, items of luggage or heavy loads. In the event of abrupt changes in direc- tion, braking or an accident, you may be struck by unsecured loads. ►Always stow objects in such a way that they cannot be flung around. NOTE Damage to the boot separator when loading the vehicle When loading the vehicle, the boot sep- arator may be damaged. ►Never put anything on the boot separator. Installing and removing the boot separator To remove: pull out and remove the boot separator . To install: put the protrusions on both sides of the boot separator into the grooves . Overview of the boot hooks WARNING Risk of injury caused by hanging heavy objects on hooks Hooks cannot fix heavy objects. During braking or emergency steering, objects may be flung around and hit the passengers. ►Never hang hard, sharp-edged or fragile objects on the hooks. Observe the notes on loading the vehicle. 68 Seats and stowage

Hook

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 70 · Applies to: #1

The hooks can hold loads up to 3 kilo- grams, and do not use them to secure cargo. Luggage retention buckle for boot When loading cargo in the boot, be sure to store the cargo properly and use the boot luggage retention buckles to secure them. Observe the notes on loading the vehicle (→Page 66). Luggage retention buckle Notes on the roof rails WARNING Risk of injury due to ex- ceeding the maximum roof load After loading on the roof rails, the centre of gravity of the vehicle rises, and the driving characteristics, steering and braking characteristics of the ve- hicle are affected. When cornering, the vehicle tilts more seriously and may re- act more slowly to steering. If the maximum roof load is exceeded, the driving characteristics, steering and braking characteristics of the vehicle will be seriously affected. ►Observe the maximum roof load and adjust your driving style. In normal condition, the maxi- mumloadonroofrackis50kilograms(includ- ing retrofitted roof rack) In extreme condi- tion, the maxi- mum load on roof rack is less than 50 kilo- grams (including retrofitted roof rack) NOTE Luggage racks not approved by smart may cause damage to the vehicle ►Only luggage racks approved by smart can be used. ►After installing the luggage rack, en- sure that the liftgate can be fully opened. ►When loading the roof luggage rack, ensure that the vehicle will not be damaged during driving. ►Pay attention to the distance be- tween the mounted luggage rack and and the sunroof (if equipped) to ensure that the luggage rack will not damage the sunroof glass. Sockets Using the 12 V power supply The 12 V power supply is located in the centre console and the boot of the vehicle. Seats and stowage 69

Lift up the cover

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 71 · Applies to: #1

and insert the device connector. Using the 12 V power supply Requirements: ●The 12 V power supply can power elec- tronic equipment, such as the electric air pump in the tyre repair kit. ●Do not use electrical equipment with ratings more than 12 V or 120 W. ●Never insert fingers or foreign objects, such as pens, into the power supply. ●Never touch the power supply with wet hands, or you may get electric shock. ●When not in use, cover the power supply. ●Never touch the socket with water or any other liquid. USB USB port NOTE The output voltage is 5 V (up to 9 V under fast charge), and the maximum output current is about 3 A. The USB ports are in the storage area be- low the centre display. It is a special port for charging, which can provide up to 18 W fast charge (for mobile phones and tablets). Connect with infotainment system for data transmission and mobile phone mapping. Only used for charging mobile devices, such as mobile phones and tablets. Mobile phone wireless charging Notes on wireless charging NOTE Damage due to wireless charging ►Make sure that metal objects are far away from the charging board. Metal objects may overheat the charging board, and even cause accidents. ►Make sure that credit cards or other magnetic objects are far away from the charging board to avoid mag- netic information being erased. Pay attention to the following when charging wirelessly: ●The wireless charging function only supports mobile phones, headphones, stereos and other devices that meet the wireless charging protocol. 70 Seats and stowage

●When the phone is placed in a position

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 72 · Applies to: #1

or distance beyond the charging area, it may affect the charging efficiency, or even fail to charge. ●Only one phone can be charged at a time. ●If the phone case is too thick, it may not charge. ●When driving on bumpy road, wireless charging of mobile phone may intermit- tently stop charging and resume charging. ●If the mobile phone cannot charge nor- mally, make sure that there are no for- eign objects in the wireless charging area and the mobile phone is in the charging area, or wait for the wireless charging area to cool before trying again. ●When the temperature of the phone is too high, charging may stop, and it will continue to charge when the tempera- ture of the phone cools down. Charging mobile phones wirelessly (if equipped) If your phone supports wireless charging, you can charge it on the charging pad . ●Before placing the phone in the wireless charging area, make sure that there are no objects on the surface. ●Place your phone on the centre of the charging pad and the wireless charging starts automatically. Enabling/disabling the wireless charging Enter the setting interface: ●Tap

General > Connection > Wire- less charging to turn on/off the wireless charging. Floor mats Floor mats WARNING Risk of accident from in- correctly installed floor mats ►Use floor mats that are designed for the vehicle module and will not ob- struct the pedal area. Failure to fol- low this instruction could result in loss of vehicle control, resulting in personal injury or death. ►If the pedals cannot move freely, the vehicle may lose control and in- crease the risk of serious personal injury. ►Secure the floor mats to fitting devi- ces, so they cannot slip out of place and interfere with the pedals. Failure to follow this instruction could result in loss of vehicle control, resulting in personal injury or death. ►Do not place extra floor mats or oth- er covers on top of the already in- stalled floor mats, as this may cause the floor mats to interfere with the operation of the pedals. Failure to follow this instruction could result in loss of vehicle control, resulting in personal injury or death. ►Store all items in the vehicle prop- erly, so that they cannot get to the position where the driver's feet are. Loose items can get caught under the pedals and cause the vehicle to lose control. When installing the floor mats, place the floor mats in the correct position, align the floor mat eyelets with the floor mat retain- ing clips, and then press to lock. Seats and stowage 71

Remove the floor mats in the reverse order

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 73 · Applies to: #1

of installation. Check the floor mats regularly to en- sure that they are installed in the correct position. 72 Seats and stowage

Exterior lighting

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 74 · Applies to: #1

Information about the lighting system and your responsibilities The vehicle's various lighting systems are only aids. The driver is responsible for ad- justing the vehicle's lighting based on road illumination, visibility, statutory require- ments and traffic conditions. Light switch Operating the light switch Switching the lighting off Automatic headlamp Position lamp Low beam Adaptive High Beam/Automatic High Beam After switching on the vehicle, the indica- tor on the driver information display illuminates. Press the switch to turn on the daytime running lights and turn off other lights. After switching on the vehicle, the indica- tor on the driver information display illuminates. Press the switch , the po- sition lamps, daytime running lamps and low beam will be automatically turned on according to the external light intensity. Press the switch to turn on the posi- tion lamps and license plate light at the same time. Press the switch to turn on the low beam, position lamps and license plate light at the same time. After switching on the vehicle, the indica- tor on the driver information display illuminates. Press the switch to turn on the adaptive high beam/high beam assist. NOTE Long-time operation of the lamps causes the 12 V battery to lose power. ►Do not operate the lamps for an ex- tensive period of time when the ve- hicle is not started. Use vehicle lights correctly according to local laws and regulations. Tail lamp When the liftgate is opened/closed, the tail lamps turn on/off automatically. If the lift- gate is not closed for an extensive time, the tail lamps automatically turn off. Reversing lamp When the vehicle reverses, the reversing lamps illuminate. Brake light When the vehicle brakes, the brake lights illuminate. Operating the combination switch Right turn signal lamp High beam High beam flashing Left turn signal lamp Turning on the high beam 1. After switching on the vehicle, the indi- cator on the driver information display illuminates. Press the automatic headlamp switch or the low beam switch . 2. Turn the combination switch in the di- rection of the arrow . Light and vision 73

When the high beam is turned on, the high

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 75 · Applies to: #1

beam indicator on the driver infor- mation display illuminates. Turning off the high beam When the high beam is turned on, move the combination switch in the direction of the arrow again or move the combina- tion switch in the direction of the arrow . High beam flashing After switching on the vehicle, the indica- tor on the driver information display illuminates. Press the switch in the direc- tion of the arrow . Turning signal light 1. Brief flashing: briefly press the combi- nation switch to the point of resistance in the direction of the arrow or . The turning signal light flashes 3 times. 2. Continuous flashing: press the combi- nation switch past the point of resist- ance in the direction of the arrow or . Turning on/off the hazard warning lights ON/OFF: tap the button . In case of collision or emergency brake, the hazard warning lights may turn on automatically. Illumination delayed turnoff If you open any door after locking the ve- hicle, the delay will re-time after the ve- hicle is locked again. Enter the setting interface: ●Tap

Lights > Environment Light > Follow me home to set the head- lamp off delay time to Off, 30 s, 60 s, and 90 s (→Page 150). After the illumination delayed turnoff function is turned on, the following situa- tions occur: ●When the automatic headlamp is not in the state: toggle the combination switch in the direction of the arrow once, so the headlamps will be turned off at the set delay time after you get off the car. ●When the automatic headlamp is turned on: the headlamps will be turned off at the delay time after occupants get off the vehicle. After getting off the car, the lights stay on according to the set time. If the vehicle is equipped with side logo lights, they will be on at the same time. Approach lighting When you approach the vehicle at night or in a dark environment, the approach light- ing will turn on the low beam, position lamp, rear plate indicator light and etc., and keep them on for about 30 seconds. If the vehicle is equipped with side logo lamp and grille lamp, they will light up as well. Approaching light can be triggered in the following cases: ●Vehicle detecting a valid key: when the vehicle detects a valid key, approaching light will be enabled and turn on the corresponding lights. ●Unlocking the vehicle with the remote key: when you press the remote key to unlock the vehicle, approaching light will be enabled and turn on the corre- sponding lights. Turning on/off the approach lighting Enter the setting interface: 74 Light and vision

●Tap

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 76 · Applies to: #1

Lights > Environment Light > Approach Lighting to turn on/off the approach lighting (→Page 150). Automatic turning on/off of the lighting The automatic headlamp function monitors the ambient light intensity through the sensor. When the light is dim, this function can automatically turn on the low beam, position lamps, rear plate indicator light. When the light is sufficient, they are auto- matically turned off. Depending on the configuration, the sen- sor location is different: Type I The rain light sensor is located on the upper part of the front windshield, and the automatic wipers/automatic headlamp/au- tomatic climate control controls the corre- sponding functions through this sensor. Type II The light sensor is located in the centre of the instrument panel, and the automatic wipers/automatic headlamp/automatic cli- mate control controls the corresponding functions through this sensor. Automatic headlamp Press the button to turn on the auto- matic headlamp. Automatic headlamp is only an aid. The driver is responsible for adjusting the ve- hicle's lighting based on road lighting, visi- bility, statutory conditions and traffic conditions. NOTE Never block the rain light sensor/light sensor. Otherwise, the automatic head- lamp/automatic climate control function and automatic wiper function may not work properly. Headlamp leveling adjustment Type I (for non-matrix headlamp) Before driving, adjust the headlamp level- ing according to the number of occupants and luggage load. Enter the setting interface: ●Tap Lights > Headlight height ad- justment > 3/2/1/0 to adjust the head- lamp leveling. Load Selection Driver 0 Driver + front passenger 0 All occupants (driver + front pas- senger + 3 rear passengers) 1 Light and vision 75

Load

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 77 · Applies to: #1

Selection At GVW with all oc- cupants (driver + front passenger + 3 rear passengers + rear cargo) 2 At GVW with cargo (driver + rear cargo) 3 Type II (for matrix headlamp) The headlamp leveling is automatically ad- justed according to the vehicle load and suspension movement. ●The headlamp leveling is automatically adjusted when the vehicle is fully loaded/unloaded. ●When the vehicle is in motion and en- counters a bumpy road, the headlamp leveling is automatically adjusted Adaptive front illumination system The adaptive front illumination system ad- justs the light angle or light distribution according to road and environmental con- ditions to improve road illumination. The system includes the following functions: ●Corner lighting ●Rural lighting ●Urban lighting ●Highway lighting The Adaptive front illumination system can help the driver observe the road under poor road light conditions, such as night- time. The Adaptive front illumination sys- tem is only an aid and it is always your responsibility to adjust the vehicle lighting according to the current light, visibility and traffic conditions. Corner lighting Corner lighting provides enhanced lighting on curves. Corner lighting can provide a wide range of lane lighting effect in the turning direction of the vehicle, making it easier to see the road conditions within the turning range. It is enabled under the following conditions: ●The automatic headlamp is enabled. ●The driver turns the steering wheel to a certain angle and the vehicle speed is greater than 10km/h(7 mph). Rural lighting Low beam headlamps with adaptive light distribution can provide a wider light dis- tribution for driving on rural roads. It is enabled under the following conditions: ●The automatic headlamp is enabled. ●Turn on the Adaptive High Beam. ●At a certain speed. Enter the setting interface: ●Tap Lights and turn on/off the Adaptive High Beam. Urban lighting Urban lighting uses more widely distrib- uted light to improve the roadside lighting in densely built areas, which is suitable for urban roads with good light. This function can expand the low beam vi- sion and make it easier for the driver to observe pedestrians on the roadside. It is enabled under the following conditions: ●The automatic headlamp is enabled. ●Turn on the Adaptive High Beam. ●At a certain speed. 76 Light and vision

Enter the setting interface:

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 78 · Applies to: #1

●Tap Lights and turn on/off the Adaptive High Beam. Highway lighting Highway lighting improves road lighting by increasing the range and brightness of light. Drivers can observe the road ahead to respond in advance and avoid danger. It is enabled under the following conditions: ●The automatic headlamp is enabled. ●Turn on the Adaptive High Beam. ●At a certain speed. Enter the setting interface: ●Tap Lights and turn on/off the Adaptive High Beam. Adaptive High Beam WARNING Despite having Adaptive High Beam, there is still a risk of accident Adaptive High Beam does not recognize the following road conditions: ●Road users without lighting, such as pedestrians. ●Road users with poor lighting, such as bicyclist. ●Roads with blocked lighting, such as, obstacles. ►Pay attention to the traffic condi- tions and turn off the high beams in time. Adaptive High Beam does not take into ac- count road, weather or traffic conditions. Detection may be limited in the following cases: ●Poor vision, such as in fog, heavy rain or snow. ●Dirty or covered sensors. Adaptive High Beam is only an aid and it is always your responsibility to adjust the vehicle lighting according to the current light, visibility and traffic conditions. After Adaptive High Beam is turned on, some lights are turned off when a forward vehicle is detected, so as to avoid the dan- ger caused by dazzle to the driver of the forward vehicle and improve the safety factor and comfort of driving at night. Adaptive High Beam automatically switches between the following lamp types: ●Low beam ●Partial high beam ●High beam Enabling Adaptive High Beam Press the switch . When Adaptive High Beam is enabled, the Adaptive High Beam indicator on the driver information display illuminates. Automatic High Beam WARNING Risk of accident when Au- tomatic High Beam is enabled Automatic High Beam cannot recognize the following road conditions: ●Road users without lighting, such as pedestrians. ●Road users with poor lighting, such as bicyclist. ●Roads with blocked lighting, such as, obstacles. ►Pay attention to the traffic condi- tions and turn off the high beams in time. Automatic High Beam does not take road, weather or traffic conditions into account. Detection may be limited in the following cases: Light and vision 77

●Poor vision, such as in fog, heavy rain or

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 79 · Applies to: #1

snow. ●Dirty or covered sensors. After Automatic High Beam is turned on, the system switches to low beams when a forward vehicle is detected, so as to avoid the danger caused by dazzle to the driver of the forward vehicle and improve the safety factor and comfort of driving at night. Automatic High Beam automatically switches between the following lights: ●Low beam ●High beam Enabling Automatic High Beam Press the switch . When Automatic High Beam is turned on, the indicator on the driver informa- tion display illuminates. Rear fog lamp When the visibility is poor, such as fog, heavy rain or snow, the rear fog lamps can be turned on. Requirements for turning on the rear fog lamps: ●The vehicle is in the mode. ●The light switch low beam or auto- matic headlamp is on. Enter the setting interface: ●Tap

Lights > to turn on/off the rear fog lamps (→Page 150). When the rear fog lamps are turned on, the rear fog lamp indicator on the driver information display illuminates. Observe the laws and regulations of rele- vant countries on the use of rear fog lamps. Reversing lamp Shift to reverse , and the reversing lamp lights up to provide illumination and warning. Reversing lamp on requirements: vehicle is in the Ready mode and reverse . Emergency brake light flash In case of sudden speed reduction or emergency brake, the brake lamps flash sharply. If the speed drops to 10 km/h(7 mph), the brake lamps will be on and the hazard warning lights will be enabled at the same time. When the vehicle returns to normal driving, the hazard warning lights stop flashing. Courtesy light Exterior courtesy light When the vehicle is unlocked, the low beam, position lamps and rear plate indi- cator light are turned on. If the vehicle is equipped with side logo lamps and grille lamps, they will be on as well. Rearview mirror courtesy light When the vehicle is unlocked, the courtesy light below the outside rearview mir- rors automatically illuminate. Door sill courtesy light When any door is opened, the door sill courtesy light automatically illuminates. When the illumination time exceeds 2 mi- nutes or all doors are closed, the door sill courtesy light automatically turns off. Interior courtesy light When the vehicle is unlocked and a door is opened, some ambient lamps turn white to provide courtesy function. 78 Light and vision

Interior lighting

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 80 · Applies to: #1

Adjusting the interior lighting WARNING Risk of injury if vehicle settings are adjusted while the ve- hicle is in motion You could lose control of the vehicle in the following situations: ●Adjusting interior lighting while driving. ●Operating the vanity mirror while driving. ►Before driving: adjust the driver-side interior lighting and the vanity mirror. Front reading light: ON/OFF: touch or press the reading light depending on the vehicle configuration. Depending on the vehicle configuration, press and hold the physical switch of the reading light to adjust the light brightness. Rear reading light: ON/OFF: press the reading light . Enabling/disabling the reading light from the central display ●Enter the shortcut interface: Swipe downward on the centre display or tap

to turn on/off the reading light. ●Enter the setting interface: Tap Lights > Reading Light to turn on/off the reading light. Boot light When the boot is turned on/off, the boot light turns on/off automatically. Glove box lamp When the glove box is turned on/off, the glove box light turns on/off automatically. Courtesy light ●Enter the shortcut interface: Swipe downward on the centre display or tap

to turn on/off the courtesy light. ●Enter the setting interface: Tap Lights > Environment Light > Courtesy Lighting to turn on/off the courtesy light. The courtesy light consists of the follow- ing 2 types of lights: ●Reading light. ●Foot well light. Conditions for activating the courtesy light: ●The vehicle is unlocked. ●A door is opened. The courtesy light turns off when: ●The vehicle is locked. ●All doors are closed. ●The vehicle is in drive , neutral , and reverse . ●The vehicle door remains open for about 2 minutes. ●The courtesy light is turned off on the centre display. Adjusting the ambient lighting Ambient light is used to ensure that the interior of the car is not too dark during driving, and also to create a pleasant driv- ing environment. ●Enter the shortcut interface: Light and vision 79

Swipe down on the centre display or

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 81 · Applies to: #1

tap to enter the shortcut inter- face. The lower right part of the short- cut interface is the theme selection area for ambient lighting. The user can select the corresponding ambient light- ing theme according to preference (→ Page 146). ●Enter the setting interface: Tap

Ambient Light and the user can choose the corresponding ambient lighting theme according to preference, and you can also customize the color of the ambient light (→Page 149). Courtesy ambient light: when the vehicle is powered off, the ambient light is turned off automatically. When the vehicle door is opened, the ambient light turns on the courtesy effect. Voice interaction ambient light: after the voice interaction ambient light is turned on, the ambient light changes according to the voice interaction. Climate control & ambient light interac- tion: some of the ambient lights change states according to the climate control ad- justment, and recovers after adjustment. Range reminder ambient light: after turn- ing on the range reminder ambient light, if the remaining range is below a certain ex- tent, the ambient light flashes in orange and then turns to normal. Windscreen wipers and washer system Operating the front wiper Continuous wiping, fast Continuous wiping, slow Intermittent wiping, fast Intermittent wiping, standard Front windscreen wiper off Turn the combination switch to the corre- sponding position - . ●To wipe once: push the button on the combination switch in the direction of the arrow to the point of resistance. ●To wipe with the front windscreen washer: push the button on the combi- nation switch in the direction of the ar- row past the point of resistance. For vehicles equipped with rain sensor, turn the combination switch to the posi- tion or to enable the automatic wiper according to the rainfall. For vehicles without rain sensor, turn the combination switch to the position or to enable the automatic wiper accord- ing to the vehicle speed. Frozen washer fluid can prevent the washer system from functioning due to cold climate. If the washer fluid lines are frozen, never use the wash- er to avoid damage. Operating the rear wiper Wiping with rear windscreen washer fluid Enable the intermittent wiper Disable the intermittent wiper Wiping with rear windscreen washer fluid Turn the switch to the corresponding position - 80 Light and vision

Frozen washer fluid can prevent the

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 82 · Applies to: #1

washer system from functioning due to cold climate. If the washer fluid lines are frozen, never use the wash- er to avoid damage. Rear wiper auto activation setting Enter the setting interface: ●Tap

Vehicle Settings > Vehicle Control > When reversing, rear wiper turned off to enable/disable the auto- matic rear wiper when reversing (→ Page 152). When this function is turned on, the rear wiper will automatically works when the vehicle is in gear. Front wiper maintenance mode Turn off and set the front wiper to the maintenance mode when replacing or re- pairing front wiper. Setting the front wiper to the mainte- nance mode: Enter the vehicle setting interface, tap Ve- hicle Condition > Windshield Wiper Mainte- nance to enable/disable the front wiper maintenance mode. Before enabling the front wiper maintenance mode, set the front wiper switch to the OFF position. Replacing the front wiper blades WARNING Risk of being trapped if the wipers are switched on while wiper blades are being replaced If the wipers begin to move while you are replacing the wiper blades, you can be trapped by the wiper. ►Make sure to switch off the wipers before replacing the wiper blades. Removing the wiper blades 1. Set the front wiper to the maintenance mode (→Page 81). 2. Fold the wiper arm away from the front windscreen. 3. Hold the wiper arm with one hand, press the clip inward along the direction of the arrow , and pull the blade out along the direction of the arrow with the other hand. Installing the wiper blades 1. Align a new wiper blade with the wiper arm along the direction of the arrow and slide the clip into the locked position. 2. Make sure the wiper blade is seated properly. 3. Carefully fold the wiper arm back onto the front windscreen. 4. Start the vehicle. 5. Exit the front wiper maintenance mode and the front wiper arms return to the original positions. Light and vision 81

Replacing the rear wiper blade

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 83 · Applies to: #1

WARNING Risk of being trapped if the wipers are switched on while wiper blades are being replaced If the wipers begin to move while you are replacing the wiper blades, you can be trapped by the wiper. ►Make sure to switch off the wipers before replacing the wiper blades. Removing the wiper blade 1. Fold the wiper arm away from the rear windscreen. 2. Remove the wiper blade from the wiper arm along the direction of the arrow . Installing the wiper blade 1. Place the wiper blade onto the bracket of wiper arm through the 2 lugs . 2. Push the wiper blade along the di- rection of the arrow until it is loaded to the bracket . 3. Make sure the wiper blade is seated properly. 4. Carefully fold the wiper arm back onto the rear windscreen. Rearview mirrors Adjusting the outside rearview mirrors WARNING Risk of injury if vehicle settings are adjusted while the ve- hicle is in motion You could lose control of the vehicle particularly in the following situations: ●If you adjust the driver's seat, steer- ing wheel, head restraint or mirrors while the vehicle is in motion. ●If you fasten your seat belt while the vehicle is in motion. ►Before starting the vehicle, adjust the driver's seat, head restraint, steering wheel and mirrors and wear the seat belt correctly. Enter the vehicle setting interface, tap Quick Controls > Exterior Mirrors, and ad- just the rearview mirror through the but- tons on the right side of the steering wheel. When the seat memory is enabled and a seat position is stored, the position of the outside rearview mirrors is memorized synchronously. When the seat memory function is used next time, the outside rearview mirrors will be automatically ad- justed to the memorized position. The memorized position will change as personal accounts being switched. Automatic anti-dazzle of the outside rearview mirrors The outside rearview mirrors have auto- matic anti-dazzle function. The lenses re- duce the brightness of the light reflecting 82 Light and vision

from the rearview mirror, so as to achieve

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 84 · Applies to: #1

anti-dazzle function. Automatic anti-dazzle of the inside rearview mirror The automatic anti-dazzle function of the inside rearview mirror can sense the rear light and automatically dim the reflected light from the inside rearview mirror. The automatic anti-dazzle function is dis- abled under any of the following conditions: ●Reverse gear is engaged. ●The vehicle is powered off. NOTE ►The automatic anti-dazzle function works only when the incoming light of the inside rearview mirror is not affected by other objects. ►To prevent the function of inside rearview mirror from being impaired, pasting labels or installing a driving recorder on the lens of the inside rearview mirror is prohibited. Adjusting the inside rearview mirror manually The inside rearview mirror is fixed to the front windscreen and can be turned in the direction of the arrow to the required position. Outside rearview mirror folding The folding function of the outside rear- view mirror is convenient for driving through a narrow roadway and parking. Automatically fold exterior mirrors when locking car Enter the setting interface: ●Tap

Vehicle Settings > Vehicle Control > Auto-fold exterior mirrors while locking to turn on/off the auto- fold exterior mirrors while locking function. In cold weather, the outside rear- view mirror may freeze preventing it from folding. It is recommended you disable the automatic rearview mir- ror folding function in cold weather. Folding/unfolding the outside rearview mirrors from the centre display ●Enter the shortcut interface: Slide downward on the centre display or tap

to fold/unfold the out- side rearview mirrors. ●Enter the setting interface: Tap Quick Controls > to fold/ unfold the outside rearview mirrors. Manual folding Manually push the outside rearview mirror inward, and the outside rearview mirror folds; manually push the outside rearview mirror outward, and the outside rearview mirror unfolds. Angle down exterior mirrors when reversing Enter the setting interface: ●Tap Vehicle Settings > Vehicle Control > Driver-side outside mirror tilt- down while reversing to turn on/off the driver-side outside mirror tilt-down while reversing function. ●Tap Vehicle Settings > Vehicle Control > Passenger-side outside mirror tilt-down while reversing to turn on/off the passenger-side outside mirror tilt- down while reversing function. When the vehicle is in reverse , the out- side rearview mirrors automatically tilt down, so that the driver can better ob- serve the road condition behind. In cold weather, the outside rear- view mirror may freeze preventing it from folding. It is recommended you disable the automatic rearview mir- ror folding function in cold weather. Light and vision 83

Sun visors

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 85 · Applies to: #1

Operating the sun visors There are sun visors above the driver and front passenger. When the sun shines on the vehicle from the front or both sides of the vehicle, the sun visors can be flipped down or pulled out from the retaining clip and turned to the side to block the sun. Pull it out from the retainer in the direction of the arrow and swing it toward the door. When the vanity mirror cover is opened, the mirror lamp is turned on. 84 Light and vision

Overview of the climate control system

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 86 · Applies to: #1

Physical buttons of the climate control Enable the corresponding functions of the climate control by operating the climate control physical buttons. Setting the climate control to the AUTO mode. Turning on/off the windscreen de- frosting in highest position. Turning on/off the rear windscreen and outside rearview mirror defrosting. Climate control interface on the centre display Common climate control functions can be used through the climate control interface. Press and hold 、 、 asmalltabwillpopup,andyoucandragthequi- ck control function icons to the opera- tion bar to replace the original function icons. Air conditioning fan speed adjustment (→Page 85). Driver seat ventilation control. Driver and passenger seat temperature control. Front passenger seat ventilation control. Enter the climate control interface: Swipe upward on the centre display or tap to enter the climate control interface. According to the vehicle configuration, the climate control interface is divided into several tabs. Tap the corresponding title to switch between tabs. Operating the climate control system Turning on/off the climate control To turn on the climate control ●Tap on the climate control inter- face to pop up the slide bar, and set the air volume to any position but 0 to turn on the climate control. ●Tap the temperature control button on the driver or passenger side to turn on the climate control. ●On the climate control interface, tap , , or to turn on the cli- mate control. ●Tap to turn on the climate control. ●Tap to turn on the climate control. ●On the climate control interface, tap , , , or to turn on the climate control. To turn off the climate control ●Tap to pop up the slide bar, and set the air volume to the 0 position to turn off the climate control. ●Press and hold 5 seconds to to turn off the climate control. ●On the climate control interface, tap to turn off the climate control. Setting the climate control to AUTO In the AUTO mode, the interior of the ve- hicle is kept at a constant temperature. Tap to enable the climate control AU- TO mode. When the climate control is enabled, it is recommended to select the AU- TO mode to optimize the comfort. Climate control system 85

Adjusting the air flow direction

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 87 · Applies to: #1

Tap or swipe upward on the centre display to open the climate control inter- face, and adjust the climate control air flow direction by the icons on the climate con- trol interface: ● Windscreen ● Face ● Foot You can select multiple air flow di- rections at the same time, such as setting the windscreen and floor air flows at the same time. Setting the air circulation mode Tap to switch the air circulation in the vehicle to internal/automatic/external according to needs. If the internal circulation is enabled in winter, the windows may get foggy. The automatic circulation is recommended. Front windscreen defrosting Tap the button in the centre display physical button area to enable the front windscreen defrosting to remove the icing and frost on the windscreen and windows quickly. WARNING For safety, make sure that there is no ice slag, snow or water condensation on the front windscreen. It is very impor- tant. Otherwise, the vision can be blocked and accidents may occur. Rear windscreen defrosting Tap the button in the centre display physical button area to enable the rear windscreen defrosting to remove the icing and frost on the rear windscreen. The indicator light illuminates when the function is turned on. The function turns off automatically and the indicator goes out after running for a while. WARNING For safety, make sure that there is no ice slag, snow or water condensation on the front windscreen. It is very impor- tant. Otherwise, the vision can be blocked and accidents may occur. Enabling/disabling the front seat ventilation (if equipped) 1. To turn on/increase level: tap or on the centre display until the de- sired ventilation level is reached. Depending on the ventilation level, up to 3 indicators can be lit. 2. To turn off/lower level: tap or on the centre display until the desired ventilation level is reached; if all indica- tors are off, it shows that the seat ven- tilation is turned off. The highest level is the default level when the function is enabled. Tap the button to lower the level at a time until it is turned off. Climate control setting Tap to open the climate control set- ting interface. Cabin Overheating Prevention Turn on/off Cabin Overheating Prevention. After the function is turned on, the system cools the cabin when the inside tempera- ture is too high. After 24 hours, this function is auto- matically turned off, and it cannot be activated if the SOC is lower than 20%. Window Auto-Close Reminder Turn on/off Window Auto-Close Reminder. Operating the climate control Climate control interface on the centre display The functions of the climate control indi- cated on the centre display can be found in to . 86 Climate control system

Enable/disable air conditioning.

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 88 · Applies to: #1

Enable/disable the maximum air conditioning. Enable/disable the climate control AUTO mode (→Page 85). Enable/disable the climate control ECO mode. Set the air flow direction toward the windscreen. Set the air flow direction toward the face. Set the air flow direction toward the foot. Turning on/off the climate control (→ Page 85). Switch the air circulation between in- ternal/automatic/external. Open the setting interface (→Page 86). Air vents WARNING Risk of burns or frostbite due to insufficient distance from the air outlet The air outlet may blow out overheated or freezing air. This may cause burns or frostbite to people near the air outlet. ►Make sure that the occupants inside keep a sufficient distance from the air outlets. ►If necessary, guide the air flow to other areas in the vehicle. To make sure that fresh air enters the ve- hicle through the air outlet, observe the following: ●Make sure that the air outlet and venti- lation grille inside the vehicle are unimpeded. ●Make sure the air inlet is free of dirt such as ice, snow and leaves. Adjusting the front air outlet 1. Adjusting the air outlets on the driver side: move the sliders up, down, left and right to adjust the air outlet direc- tion. Turn the sliders toward the sides of the driver seat to the maximum position to close the air outlets. 2. Adjusting the air outlets on the passen- ger side: move the sliders up, down, left and right to adjust the air outlet di- rection. Turn the sliders toward the sides of the passenger seat to the maxi- mum position to close the air outlets. Adjusting the rear air outlet 1. Adjusting the rear air outlet: move the sliders up, down, left and right to ad- just air outlet direction. Turn the sliders downward to the maximum position to close the air outlets. Climate control system 87

Armrest box ventilation

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 89 · Applies to: #1

Air outlet adjustment switch Air outlet 1. Open the armrest box. 2. Opening/closing the air outlet: turn the roller clockwise/counterclockwise to open/close the air outlet. To use the armrest box air outlet function, first enable the climate control. 88 Climate control system

Charging the high voltage battery

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 90 · Applies to: #1

Notes on high voltage battery charging Note the following when charging the high voltage battery: ●Check the charging cable before charg- ing the vehicle. Never use a charging cable with damaged skin or shell. ●Before charging, make sure that there is no water or foreign objects in the charging port of the vehicle, power sup- ply equipment and charging connection device, and the metal terminal is not rusted or corroded. ●Charge the vehicle in a safe environ- ment. Avoid rain and water immersion and stay away from fire sources. ●Never disassemble or modify the charg- ing equipment or related ports by yourself. ●Choose a dry and ventilated environ- ment. Never use the charging equip- ment in an environment where gasoline, paint, flammables or explosives are used or stored. ●Never use the charging cable in a dark or humid place. ●Never allow children to charge the vehicle. ●Never touch the charging port. ●Never charge the vehicle in rainy days if there is no awning. ●In case of sudden weather change (gale, rain, snow and thunderstorm) when charging outdoor, check whether the charging gun is well connected and dry. During thunder and lightning, never touch the charging cable or vehicle body. ●In case of moisture near the charging port, first make sure it is safe, then cut off the power supply and disconnect the charging gun (never touch the metal part of the charging socket with your hand or other parts of your body). If necessary, use insulated gloves and contact a smart Authorized Service Partner for inspection as soon as possible. ●If the vehicle emits peculiar smell during charging, stop charging immediately. ●When charging, never squeeze the charging cable. ●After charging, never disconnect the charging connection device when your hands are wet or standing in water. ●Make sure that the charging connection device is disconnected from the vehicle charging port before operating the vehicle. WARNING Risk of fatal injury from damaged components At charging stations with a pre-in- stalled charging cable: ●Visually check the charging equip- ment for obvious faults, such as ex- tensive damage to the housing or charging cable. ●Always observe the safety notes on the charging station. At charging stations without a pre-in- stalled charging cable: ●For safety reasons, only use charging cables that have been tested and ap- proved by the manufacturer for charging the high voltage battery in an electric vehicle. ●Never use damaged charging cables. ●Never stretch the charging cable. ●If an adapter is needed, only use adapters that have been tested and approved as suitable for charging electric vehicle high voltage bat- teries. Observe adapter manufac- turer’s operation and safety instructions during operation. Vehicle charging 89

NOTE Accelerated aging of the high

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 91 · Applies to: #1

voltage battery due to frequent charging to full Do not charge the high voltage battery to full frequently. ►For vehicles equipped with the ter- nary lithium-ion high voltage bat- tery, charge the high voltage battery to 80% when possible. ►For vehicles equipped with the lith- ium iron phosphate high voltage battery, fully charge the high voltage battery to 100% at least once a week. The following methods can be used to re- duce the energy consumption of the vehicle: ●Drive gently. ●Use the electronic equipment logically. ●Maintain the vehicle periodically. The charging time of a high voltage bat- tery may vary throughout its service life. You can check the state of charge on the centre display. If the high voltage battery charging time is longer than usual, check the maximum AC charging current set- ting on the centre display. Vehicle charging port and charging methods The high voltage battery can be charged with either alternating current or direct current. Charging socket for AC charging. Charging sockets for DC charging. Charging socket cap for DC charging. Charging socket cap for AC charging. Charging port indicator. High voltage battery charging options: ●Charging with regenerative energy dur- ing driving. ●Charging with alternating current. ●Charging with direct current. System limitation The power output of high voltage battery can be affected by the following factors: ●High or low temperature outside of the vehicle. ●Not being charged for a long time. The charging time of the high voltage bat- tery may vary with the following factors: ●High or low temperature outside of the vehicle. ●Not being charged for a long time. ●The maximum available charging cur- rent of the charging facility. ●Charging setting of the vehicle. Travel schedule WARNING Risk of interference caused by the centre display If you operate the functions on the centre display while driving, you may be distracted from the traffic conditions, causing loss of the vehicle control. ►The centre display can only be oper- ated when traffic conditions permit. ►If you are not sure about this, note the road and traffic conditions, stop the vehicle safely, and then operate the centre display. Charging Enter the energy management interface: ●Swipe leftward from the right on the centre display or tap to enter the application interface, and tap to enter the energy management interface. 90 Vehicle charging

When charging the vehicle, choose Daily

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 92 · Applies to: #1

Trip Mode, Long Trip Mode or Charging Reservation. Charging reservation: The user can set the charging schedule on the centre display, and slide the bar left- ward or rightward to set the target SOC. Based on the start and end time of charg- ing set by the user and the set target SOC, the vehicle can charge the battery to the target SOC. In order to make sure that the vehicle can obtain sufficient electric energy before traveling, plug in the charging gun and ac- tivate the charging pile in time. 1. Slide leftward or rightward to set the target SOC value. 2. Tap "Schedule Charging Time Setting" to enter the charging schedule time set- ting interface. 3. The user can set the start and end time of charging as needed, and tap "Save". If the "Charging ends after reaching tar- get SOC" switch is turned on, the charg- ing process will not end when it is the end time of the charging schedule and the power battery is not charged to the target SOC. In this case, the charging process will continue to the target SOC before ending. 4. Tap to delete the currently set time of the charging schedule. Schedule time The user can make an appointment for travel time by turning on the "Schedule time" switch and setting the travel time (everyday, once, working days and week- end). After that, the vehicle will turn on the battery temperature adjustment and cab temperature control functions in advance according to the set travel time. Enter the energy management interface: ●Tap

Charge to turn on/off the schedule time function. Battery warm-up The user can turn on/off the battery warm-up on the centre display. After the function is turned on, the system adjusts the temperature of the high voltage bat- tery 1 hour before travel to make sure that the high voltage battery has good per- formance during travel. Enter the energy management interface: ●Tap

Charge to turn on/off the battery warm-up function. Schedule Air Conditioner The user can turn on/off the climate con- trol on the centre display. After the func- tion is turned on, the automatic climate control will start and adjust the tempera- ture to about 22 ℃15 minutes before the travel schedule. After getting in the car, the automatic climate control for the travel scheduled is turned off, and the climate control returns to the setting of the pre- vious trip. When the set travel schedule time is reached and the driver's side door is not opened, the automatic climate con- trol for the travel schedule is turned off. Enter the energy management interface: ●Tap

Charge to turn on/off the climate control schedule. Function of the charging port indicator Description of indicator status Status Indicator color Not working White Heating Yellow Charging appointment Blue Charging Flashing in green Vehicle charging 91

Status

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 93 · Applies to: #1

Indicator color Charging completed Green Malfunctioning Red Discharging Flashing in blue Start charging WARNING Risk of injury due to charging with damaged charging equipment If charging with damaged charging ca- ble, vehicle charging port or power sup- ply socket, you could suffer an electric shock. ►Only use an undamaged charging cable. ►Avoid mechanical damage that may be caused by squashing, shearing or driving over the cable. ►Have a damaged vehicle charging gun replaced at a smart Authorized Service Partner as soon as possible. ►Never connect the charging cable to a damaged vehicle charging port. NOTE Charging cable heating up Charging cables may heat up within a permissible limit during the charging process. Observe the permissible limits, so as to make sure: ●that the power equipment and the charging cable are not damaged. ●Follow the operating instructions of charging cable and control device on the charging cable. ►In case of overheating of the charg- ing cable or the charging gun cable plug, have the equipment of the main power supply checked. NOTE Damaged or contaminated charging port ►Keep the charging port cover and socket cap closed when not in use. The charging port can be protected against contamination and damage. ►Check and confirm the charging socket cap is closed properly before closing the charging port cover. Oth- erwise, the charging port cover may be damaged and unable to be opened again. Charging requirement: ●The vehicle is in park . ●The charging port cover is unlocked ●The drive system is not started. ●The charging cable is not stretched. Charging with alternating current: 1. Press and open the charging port cover. 2. Remove the charging socket cap . 3. Connect the charging gun to the charg- ing socket , turn on the charging pile after the charging gun is locked, and the charging starts with the indicator flashing in green. Charging with direct current: 1. Press and open the charging port cover. 2. Remove the charging socket cap . 3. Connect the charging gun to the charg- ing socket and , turn on the charging pile after the charging gun is locked, and the charging starts with the indicator flashing in green. When the charging starts, the driver infor- mation display indicates the battery level 92 Vehicle charging

and the estimated charging information.

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 94 · Applies to: #1

The estimated charging information refers to the estimated battery level at the set departure time from the beginning of the charging, or the time required to charge the high voltage battery to a set level. If the charging cable is connected to the vehicle, the drive system cannot be started and the vehicle cannot be moved. When the vehicle is switched on dur- ing charging, a charging indicator appears next to the battery level on the driver information display. Be aware of any information displayed on the driver information display. Depending on the temperature, you may hear the fan and the battery cooling system running in the charg- ing process. If the vehicle is left unused for an extensive period of time and is con- nected to a power source, the charging system will charge the ve- hicle automatically as needed. Stop charging To stop charging: 1. Stop charging from the centre display or the charging pile. 2. Remove the charging gun from the charging socket. 3. Put back the charging socket cap and close the charging port cover. Unlock the vehicle before removing the charging gun, or the charging gun may not be able to be pulled out. Unlocking the charging gun in an emergency 1. Open the boot cover. 2. Open the charging gun emergency un- lock cover . 3. Pull the ring-pull downward to un- lock the charging port. 4. Pull the charging gun outward. Vehicle charging 93

Vehicle discharging

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 95 · Applies to: #1

Vehicle discharging port location WARNING Risk of accident due to not understanding or incorrectly using vehicle discharging Discharging a vehicle using unsuitable discharging equipment, in an improper discharging environment, or with inap- propriate discharging operations can cause damage to the vehicle or injury to the personnel. ►Be sure to read all the topics related to vehicle discharging in the Vehicle Discharging chapter of the complete User Manual to understand the fac- tors such as the function limitations of vehicle discharging. Understand the knowledge you should have be- fore using the system. Vehicle discharging port location . Notes on using the vehicle as a power source WARNING Risk of accident caused by using the vehicle as a power source Never use the vehicle as a power source under the following circumstances: ●Tie up the discharging cable, and cause the discharging cable to over- heat abnormally. ●Use damaged discharging gun and equipment, and cause electric leak- age or personal injury. ●Use the vehicle as a power source in an unsafe environment, such as rainy and snowy days. ●Exceed the power limit of vehicle supply. ►The combined power of all the elec- tronics must not eceed the rated power by 3.3 kilowatt. ►If the discharging gun is moist, stop using. Clean foreign objects, such as dust, regularly. ►Do not operate when the circuit is live, and pay attention to safety in- spection and protective preparation. ►During day to day use, prevent the discharging gun from being dam- aged by external force, and contact a smart Authorized Service Partner immediately if the discharging gun is found damaged. If the state of charge is less than 20%, the vehicle stops supplying power automatically. Vehicle as power source The vehicle can be used as a power source for household appliances such as light, low-power oven and microwave oven. Enter the energy management interface: Swipe leftward from the right on the centre display or tap to enter the ap- plication interface, and then tap to enter the energy management interface. 94 Vehicle charging

●After the V2L charger is plugged, click

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 96 · Applies to: #1

Vehicle to Load to enable the vehicle to load charging function. ●Discharging record: tap “Discharging record” to view the discharging record. During discharging, if the traction battery reaches the set target discharge amount, it will automatically stop discharging. Vehicle charging 95

Driving

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 97 · Applies to: #1

Notes on electric vehicles WARNING Risk of chemical burns and poisoning from damaged high volt- age battery If the housing of the high voltage bat- tery has been damaged, electrolyte and gases may leak out. ►Prevent battery acid from contacting with the skin, eyes or clothing. ►Immediately rinse electrolyte splashes off with water and seek medical attention straight away. WARNING Risk of explosion from ex- cessive internal pressure of the high voltage battery In the event of a vehicle fire, the internal pressure of the high voltage battery could exceed the critical value. In this case, flammable gas may escape and may be ignited. ►Stop the charging process immedi- ately in case of unusual odours, smoke or burn marks. ►Keep away from dangerous areas im- mediately, and call the fire service. Observe the following notes on vehicle noise emission and low speed warning: ●The vehicle is equipped with a pure electric drive system, which generates significantly less noise comparing to gas powered vehicles. Therefore, the vehicle is equipped with a low speed warning function. ●When the vehicle moves forward or backward at a speed lower than 20 km/ h(13 mph), the low speed warning alerts pedestrians. This helps other road users (particularly pedestrians and cyclists) to hear your vehicle better. ●When the vehicle moves at a speed over 20 km/h(13 mph), the low speed warning is switched off. ●Despite the low speed warning, in some cases pedestrians or other vehicles may not be able to hear your vehicle moving, and it is always your responsibility to drive your vehicle safely. ●The low speed warning is turned off when the vehicle is stationary. Energy Regenerative Braking When the driver releases the accelerator pedal or presses the brake pedal, the ve- hicle can recover the mechanical energy to charge the high voltage battery. Regeneration with accelerator pedal Release the accelerator pedal, the vehicle brakes, and the energy flow recovery sta- tus is displayed on the driver information display. Regeneration with brake pedal Press the brake pedal, the vehicle brakes, and the energy flow recovery status is dis- played on the driver information display. Energy Regenerative Braking may be lim- ited for the following reasons: ●The gear is in reverse . ●Motor torque limit. ●The high voltage battery is fully charged. ●Speed limit, Energy Regenerative Brak- ing is not available when the vehicle speed is lower than a certain value. Adjust the energy regeneration level of Energy Regenerative Braking ●Tap

Energy Regenerative Braking to adjust the energy regeneration level of Energy Regenerative Braking. ●Enter the setting interface: Tap Quick Controls > Energy Re- generative Braking to adjust the energy regeneration level of Energy Regenera- tive Braking. Swipe leftward from the right on the centre display or tap

Quick Controls > Regenerative Braking to ad- just the regenerative braking level as necessary. 96 Driving and parking

Notes on driving

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 98 · Applies to: #1

WARNING Risk of accident due to ob- jects in the driver's footwell Objects in the driver's footwell may im- pede pedal travel or block a pressed pedal. This jeopardises the operating and road safety of the vehicle. ►Stow all objects in the vehicle se- curely so that they cannot get into the driver's footwell. ►Always fix the floor mats securely in order to make sure that there is al- ways sufficient room for the pedals. ►Never use loose floor mats, nor place a floor mat on another one. WARNING Risk of accident due to un- suitable footwear Operating the pedals may be impaired by wearing unsuitable footwear, for example: ●Platform shoes ●High-heeled shoes ●Slippers ►Always wear suitable footwear when driving so that you can operate the pedals safely. WARNING Risk of accident or injury due to driving under the influence of alcohol and drugs Driving under the influence of alcohol or drugs is very dangerous. Even small amount of alcohol or drugs may affect your reaction, perception, and judgment. Driving under the influence of alcohol or drugs may dramatically increase the probability of a serious or even fatal accident. ►Never drive or allow others to drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs. WARNING Risk of accident due to the brake system overheating If you leave your foot on the brake pedal when driving, the brake system may overheat. This increases the braking distance and the brake system may even fail. ►Never use the brake pedal as a footrest. ►Never press the brake pedal and the accelerator pedal at the same time while driving. WARNING Vehicle damage due to fail to observe the maximum allowable height If the height of the vehicle is greater than the maximum allowable height (road, garage, etc.), the roof and other parts of the vehicle may be damaged. ►Observe the height instructions on road signs or other signs. ►If the vehicle height is greater than the maximum permitted height, do not enter. ►When using additional roof equip- ment, pay attention to the total height of the vehicle. Notes on driving under roof load, trailer or fully-loaded conditions When driving a vehicle with roof rack loaded, with a trailer coupled or under fully-loaded condition, the driving and steering characteristics of the vehicle change. The followings should be kept in mind: ●Never exceed the maximum allowable roof load capacity and the vehicle trac- tion capacity. Technical data in this manual shall be followed. ●Distribute the roof load evenly and place heavier loads at the bottom. ●Drive carefully and avoid sudden starts, sudden braking, sudden steering and fast turning. Driving and parking 97

Notes on driving on wet and slippery

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 99 · Applies to: #1

roads Once there is water on the road, hydro- planing may occur. In case of heavy rain or other weathers that may result in hydro- planing, observe the following precautions: ●Reduce the speed ●Avoid tyre tracks ●Avoid sudden steering movements ●Brake gently Notes on braking on salt-treated roads The braking effete is limited on salt- treated roads: ●When driving on salt-treated roads, a layer of salt may form on the brake discs and pads. This increases the brak- ing distance or results in only one side of brake functioning normally. Maintain a greater safe distance to the ve- hicle in front. Prevent salt build-up: ●Apply the brake frequently and pay at- tention to the traffic conditions. Fording WARNING Risk of accident due to fording Never attempt to pass through deep or moving water. Failure to observe this in- struction may result in loss control of vehicle personal injury or death. Driving through a flooded area may cause vehicle damage. Check the water depth before driving through the flooded area. It is strictly prohibited to pass through flooded area with water depth exceeding the lower edge of carboy. When driving through flooded areas, drive slowly and do not stop. Braking perform- ance and grip may be limited. On the premise of ensuring safety, the following actions must be taken after fording, ●Press the brake pedal gently to dry and check the brake for proper function. ●Turn the steering wheel to check the power steering system for proper function. Check the functions of the following components: ●Horn ●Exterior lamp Starting the vehicle WARNING Risk of injury if vehicle settings are adjusted while the ve- hicle is in motion You could lose control of the vehicle particularly in the following situations: ●If you adjust the driver's seat, steer- ing wheel, head restraint or mirrors while the vehicle is in motion. ●If you fasten your seat belt while the vehicle is in motion. ►Before starting the vehicle, adjust the driver's seat, head restraint, steering wheel and mirrors and wear the seat belt correctly. 1. After unlocking the vehicle and opening any of the vehicle doors, the windows and multimedia can be used normally. 2. Press the brake pedal, shift to drive or reverse , the indicator on the driver information display illuminates, and the vehicle can now run normally. NOTE Check driving conditions be- fore starting the vehicle ►Check and confirm the brake pedal can be pressed to the bottom before starting the vehicle. ►Check whether the surrounding en- vironment meets the conditions for starting the vehicle, if not, do not start the vehicle. ►Make sure the key is in the vehicle. Vehicle emergency start When the keyfob battery is low and the system cannot detect the key, a message will pop up on the centre display to remind 98 Driving and parking

you that the key is not detected. Start the

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 100 · Applies to: #1

vehicle as follows: 1. Press the button of the armrest box to open the cover . 2. Place the keyfob in the front of the arm- rest box. 3. Press the brake pedal, shift to drive or reverse , the indicator on the driver information display illuminates, and the vehicle can now run normally. If you fail to start the vehicle after 3 attempts, wait 3 minutes and try again. If you still fail to start the vehicle after 2 rounds, stop trying to avoid damaging your vehicle and contact a smart Authorized Service Partner. Powering off the vehicle 1. Make sure the vehicle is stopped. 2. Shift to park . 3. The driver exits the vehicle from the driver’s door with the key. 4. Lock the vehicle with the key and power off the vehicle. Under some operation modes, the vehicle power cannot be switched off by the operations above. The op- eration mode needs to be turned off prior. Alternatively, the vehicle can be powered off by tapping Power Off on the centre display when the vehicle is in park . The vehicle power will be switched off after tapping Power Off. If a re- start is needed, press the brake pedal. Functions of s-Pedal With s-Pedal, it is possible to only use the accelerator pedal to accelerate and brake. Press the accelerator pedal for accelera- tion, release the brake pedal and put your foot on the pedal to make the vehicle de- celerate slowly, and leave the accelerator pedal to stop the vehicle completely. When driving with s-Pedal enabled, an in- dicator illuminates on the driver in- formation display. When s-Pedal is disabled and the acceler- ator pedal is not stepped on, the vehicle will travel at a speed of 7 km/h(5 mph). After s-Pedal is enabled, the vehicle will coast to stop and Autohold will be auto- matically activated. Functions of s-Pedal In case of any of the following circumstan- ces, s-Pedal is not available: ●Gear position is in reverse . ●Shifting to a wrong gear, such as shift- ing to park or neutral while driving. ●Pressing the brake pedal to decelerate. ●Driving on a sloppy hill. ●Using Hill Descent Control. ●Using the parking assist. ●Using Adaptive Cruise Control. ●Using Highway Assist. ●Front Collision Mitigation is triggered. ●Automatic Parking Assist is activated. ●The drive mode is switched to the sport mode or BRABUS mode. Enabling/disabling s-Pedal ●Tap

s-Pedal to enable/disable s- Pedal. Driving and parking 99

The system is a driver assistance

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 101 · Applies to: #1

function. It can never replace atten- tion and judgment of the driver nor eliminate the need of pressing the brake pedal. The system will not au- tomatically apply the brakes of the vehicle. Please press the brake pedal when necessary, otherwise the ve- hicle may collide with other vehicles. When s-Pedal is enabled, the brake light will illuminate when the accelerator pedal is released to decelerate. When s-Pedal is enabled, Autohold is auto- matically activated when the accelerator pedal is released and the vehicle deceler- ates to a standstill. Recommended practices Driving range Many factors contribute to the distance that an electric vehicle can drive, and the circumstances and conditions under which an electric vehicle is driven effect the abil- ity of achieving optimal driving range. NOTE The remaining range on the driver infor- mation display is merely an estimate, and it may not account for factors such as driving styles and environmental conditions. Factors effecting energy consumption in- clude, but are not limited to: ●Speed: Higher speeds increase the en- ergy consumption for the vehicle to overcome wind resistance. ●Trip conditions: The vehicle consumes some energy to maintain the tempera- ture of the passenger cabin and power battery within an appropriate range, and short trips and heavy traffic in- crease the average energy consumption. ●Road conditions: When traveling uphill, the vehicle consumes more energy, and when traveling downhill, Energy Regen- erative Braking allows the vehicle to re- gain a portion of its expended energy. ●Vehicle cargo load: Heavier gross ve- hicle weight increases the energy con- sumption to propel the vehicle. ●Wheels and tyres: The weight of the wheels and tyres, the design of the tyres, and the tyre pressure can all con- tribute to the vehicle rolling resistance. ●Using climate control: Heating or cooling the passenger compartment with the climate control will consume energy from the high voltage battery. ●Added accessories: Installing accesso- ries such as roof racks can reduce the aerodynamic efficiency and increase the energy consumption at higher speeds. ●External environment: External environ- ment such as strong wind, extreme cold and extreme heat can increase the en- ergy consumption of using the vehicle. Hints to optimize the driving range Before driving ●Plug in the vehicle to precondition the temperature of the passenger compart- ment and high voltage battery ●Check tyres for wear and maintain the correct tyre pressure. ●Lighten the vehicle by removing un- necessary cargo. When driving ●Drive moderately and keep a good dis- tance from others to minimize the need of braking. ●Limit the use of climate control. In cold weather, only use heated seats and heated steering wheel if possible, as heating the whole cabin consumes sig- nificantly more energy. ●Keep all windows up while in motion. When parked ●Park the vehicle in a temperature modulated garage if possible. The power meter on the driver information display indicates the current energy con- sumption and recovery level. Preserving your high voltage battery The efficiency and capacity of the high voltage battery degrade gradually as the 100 Driving and parking

high voltage battery ages due to its physi-

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 102 · Applies to: #1

cal nature, and some circumstances could accelerate this process. To maintain the efficiency and extend the lifespan of the high voltage battery, follow the recom- mended practices below: Charging ●According to the travel needs, set a reasonable charging mode. ●Do not allow the high voltage battery to be fully discharged. If possible, keep the high voltage battery SOC above 20% at all times. ●When time allows, choose regular AC charging. Long term parking ●The high voltage battery discharges slowly to power the onboard electronics even when the vehicle is not driven. Leave the vehicle plugged in when park for an extended period of time to pre- vent the high voltage battery from being fully discharged. ●Maintain the battery SOC between 50% and 80% when park for an extended pe- riod of time. ●Run the vehicle once every 4 weeks for a few minutes. ●Check the high voltage battery level or the charging connection periodically. If the battery level is low, charge immediately. Temperature ●The best working temperature of the high voltage battery is within 10°C-30° C. If possible, it is recommended that the vehicle is parked in a place with suitable ambient temperature. ●The vehicle shall not be exposed to the environment with the temperature be- low -30°C or above 60°C for more than 24 hours. ●If the vehicle is placed in an environ- ment with extreme outside tempera- tures for more than 24 hours, for example, below -30°C or above 60°C, the charging and discharging efficiency of the high voltage battery will be seri- ously affected. It is recommended that the vehicle is not exposed to the tem- perature below -30°C or above 60°C for more than 24 hours. Winter driving In order for the vehicle to be safely driven in harsh cold conditions, it is recom- mended to perform the following: ●Make sure the high voltage battery is in good condition and sufficiently charged. Cold weather places higher demand on the high voltage battery and could cause the battery capacity to be reduced. ●Use winter rated windscreen washer fluid to prevent the washer system from malfunctioning due to ice forming. ●Install winter tyres with sufficient tread depth. The rubber compound of summer and all season tyres becomes hardened at lower temperatures, and the traction is reduced. ●Reduce speed, and avoid heavy braking and rapid acceleration on slippery roads. In case of snow and ice built-up on the vehicle: When snow and ice accumulate on the ve- hicle, remove the snow from the vehicle and remove the ice from the windscreen with a snow scrapper, and defrost the ve- hicle fully before driving to prevent the driver’s vision from being adversely af- fected. If any of the door handles is frozen in place, do not try to release it with tools or excessive force. It is recommended to deactivate the outside rearview mirror au- to-fold function, as the folding and unfold- ing motion can be obstructed by snow and ice. Drive modes Overview of the drive modes You can select the drive mode (→Page 102) on the centre display. Depending on the drive mode selected, the following vehicle characteristics could change: ●Drive Driving and parking 101

●Steering

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 103 · Applies to: #1

●Drive mode switching sound effect ECO mode ●An energy efficient and environmentally conscious driving experience. Driving in this mode saves more energy and is more efficient. Comfort mode ●The standard mode for daily use. The comfort mode is on by default when the vehicle is started, and it provides the most comfortable driving experience. Sport mode ●A mode with better dynamic experience and better sports characteristics. The acceleration response is faster, provid- ing a high performance driving experience. BRABUS mode ●The four wheel drive exclusive mode puts the vehicle in the best response and performance mode, and is opti- mized for the highest performance, so that the vehicle gets better sportiness and dynamic response when accelerating. Selecting a drive mode Drive mode switch button Tap the button to select the following drive modes on the centre display: ●ECO mode ●Comfort mode ●Sport mode ●BRABUS mode Gear shift Steering column gear selector WARNING Risk of accident and injury due to children left unattended in the vehicle If children are left unattended in the vehicle, they could in particular: ●Open doors, thereby endangering other persons or road users. ●Get out and be struck by oncoming traffic. ●Operate vehicle equipment and be- come trapped. In addition, children could also set the vehicle in motion, by in particular: ●Releasing the parking brake ●Shifting the gear ●Starting the vehicle ►Never leave children unattended in the vehicle. ►When leaving the vehicle, always take the key with you and lock the vehicle. ►Keep the key out of the reach of children. The driver information display indicates the current gear position when shifting gear. Park Reverse Neutral Drive 102 Driving and parking

Shifting to park

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 104 · Applies to: #1

Press the brake pedal and then press the button , the driver information display indicates . Observe the notes on parking (→Page 103). The vehicle can be shifted to park if the following conditions are met: ●When the vehicle is stopped and the gear is in drive , reverse or neu- tral . ●If the vehicle is stationary and Autohold is not activated, the vehicle automati- cally shifts to park when the driver unfastens the seat belt and opens the driver’s door to exit. ●If the vehicle is stationary and Autohold is activated (Autohold indicator illumi- nated), the vehicle automatically shifts to park when the driver unfastens the seat belt, the driver’s door is opened, or Autohold has been activated for 10 min. Shifting to reverse Press the brake pedal and push the gear selector lever upward past the first resist- ance point, the driver information display indicates . The vehicle can be shifted to reverse if the following conditions are met: ●When the vehicle is stopped or the gear is in or . Shifting to neutral Press the brake pedal and push the gear selector lever upward or downward to the first resistance point and hold until the driver information display , release the brake pedal, and now the vehicle can be moved freely. NOTE Damage to the vehicle if it rolls away ►Always properly secure the vehicle against rolling away. Shifting to drive Press the brake pedal and push the gear selector lever downward past the first re- sistance point. The driver information dis- play indicates . Parking Parking the vehicle WARNING Risk of accident and injury due to the vehicle rolling away If the vehicle is not properly parked, it may roll away in an uncontrollable man- ner even on a small downhill slope. The vehicle shall be properly parked and secured in accordance with the follow- ing methods to prevent rolling away: ►In uphill or downhill sections, turn the front wheels toward the kerb so the vehicle moves toward the kerb in case of rolling away. ►Shift the vehicle to park . The electric parking brake is applied automatically. Driving and parking 103

WARNING Risk of accident and injury

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 105 · Applies to: #1

due to children left unattended in the vehicle If children are left unattended in the vehicle, they could in particular: ●Open doors, thereby endangering other persons or road users. ●Get out and be struck by oncoming traffic. ●Operate vehicle equipment and be- come trapped. In addition, children could also set the vehicle in motion, by in particular: ●Releasing the parking brake ●Shifting the gear ●Starting the vehicle ►Never leave children unattended in the vehicle. ►When leaving the vehicle, always take the key with you and lock the vehicle. ►Keep the key out of the reach of children. NOTE Damage to the vehicle if it rolls away ►Always properly secure the vehicle against rolling away. Parking the vehicle 1. Apply the parking brake so that the ve- hicle remains stationary. 2. In uphill or downhill sections, turn the front wheels toward the kerb so the ve- hicle moves toward the kerb in case of rolling away. 3. After pressing the brake pedal, shift to park when the vehicle is stationary, and the electric parking brake is applied automatically. 4. Release the brake pedal slowly. 5. Exit the vehicle and lock it. Electric parking brake Automatic application of the electric parking brake The electric parking brake applies if the vehicle is in park . The electric parking brake also applies in case of the following conditions: ●The parking system keeps the vehicle in the stationary state. If the electric parking brake is applied, the red indicator on the driver informa- tion display illuminates. Releasing the electric parking brake When the brake pedal is pressed, the elec- tric parking brake is automatically released when switching from park to drive , neutral , or reverse . If the electric parking brake is released, the red indicator on the driver infor- mation display goes out. Applying/releasing the electric parking brake on the centre display ●Tap

to apply/release the electric parking brake. Parking assist Parking assist can help you when you drive in/out parking spaces, parking lots and other places. Parking assist camera and radar locations 104 Driving and parking

2 panoramic cameras, located on the

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 106 · Applies to: #1

outside rearview mirrors. 1 panoramic camera, located above the front license plate frame. 6 front radars, located on the front bumper. 1 panoramic camera, located above the rear license plate frame. 6 rear radars, located on the rear bumper. The system uses distance indicator/fan area to indicate objects detected. Underlined fan area means that there is an object detected in the area. As the vehicle gets closer to the object, the highlighted sector changes from green to yellow, and then to red. Depending on which side the object is detected on, the fan-shaped area on that side changes colour independently. You will also hear an alarm. The closer the vehicle to the object, the higher the alarm frequency. Distance indicator in the camera view pic- ture also changes color accordingly. Depending on the model and market, the actual configuration of your ve- hicle may be different from the de- scriptions and illustrations. Refer to the actual vehicle. Limitation of the parking assist Parking assist has certain limitations. ●If the radars and cameras are blocked, by dust, snow, and ice for examples, this may cause the parking assist to issue a false warning. ●If the license plate is installed beyond the license plate holder, it may cause the parking assist to issue a false warning. ●If the vehicle is on a steep hill, the ra- dars may issue a false warning. ●The radars may be unable to detect ob- jects made of special materials or per- sonnel wearing clothes made of special materials. ●Obstacles that cannot be recognized by the radars, such as low obstacles, wave-absorbing objects, and reflective objects, may cause false warning and omissions of obstacles. ●The radars cannot or do not detect flat objects on the ground, objects under the bumper, objects that are too close or too far from the vehicle. ●Do not use mud flaps, bumper bars and other accessories not produced by the original manufacturer, otherwise the ra- dars could fail. ●Bad weather conditions, such as rain, snow, and bright light, could affect the detection of the parking assist cameras. ●Due to the installed positions of the ra- dars, obstacles outside the wheel tra- jectory may be detected when the vehicle is not driving along a straight line. ●Some scenarios could affect the detec- tion ability of the radars. These may in- clude roads with fences, driving in a tunnel, driving in/out of vehicles ahead, and sharp corners. Driving and parking 105

WARNING Accident risks caused by

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 107 · Applies to: #1

use of the parking assist Parking Assist only provides assistance, and it may not operate normally under some driving conditions, weather condi- tions, traffic conditions or road condi- tions. You are always responsible for maintaining appropriate vehicle spacing and speed, and abiding by all applicable traffic laws and regulations. ►Pay attention to the surroundings of the vehicle when parking, and con- firm the parking conditions before parking. ►The system cannot detect obstacles in the blind spots of the sensors. ►The radars may not work in places with strong electromagnetic radiation. ►When the vehicle is impacted, the system performance will be de- graded. In severe cases, the system will have a fault prompt. Contact a smart Authorized Service Partner immediately. ►When there is a malfunctioning noti- fication about the parking assist system, low speed emergency brak- ing function, parking system or its associated systems, have the vehicle inspected and repaired at a smart Authorized Service Partner. Front parking assist The front radars are enabled automatically when the speed is below about 15 km/h(10 mph) after starting the vehicle. The far- thest distance monitored in front of the vehicle is about 1.0m. Rear parking assist After the vehicle is started, the rear radars are automatically activated when the ve- hicle is shifted to reverse and the ve- hicle speed is below 15 km/h(10 mph). The sound warning signal will be enabled if the vehicle is about 1.5 meters from the rear object. Automatic Parking Assist (APA) Overview of Automatic Parking Assist (APA) Automatic Parking Assist can automatically search for parking spaces on both sides of the vehicle and prompt the driver to stop when an available parking space is found. After the vehicle is stopped, operate ac- cording to the system prompts. Automatic Parking Assist calculates the parking tra- jectory and controls the vehicle's steering, speed, gear, etc. to slowly drive the vehicle into the selected parking space. WARNING Accident risks caused by use of the Auto Parking Assist ►Even if the auto parking assist is en- abled, it is always your responsibility for intervention by holding the steering wheel or depressing the brake pedal when necessary. ►As a driver, you should abide by local laws and regulations, and always take full responsibility for safe parking. Automatic Parking Assist supports 3 kinds of parking spaces: inclined parking spaces, vertical parking spaces, and parallel park- ing spaces (cubic parking space excluded). 106 Driving and parking

Limitations of Automatic Parking Assist

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 108 · Applies to: #1

If any of the following circumstances oc- curs, Automatic Parking Assist will stop and is forced to exit. You must take over the vehicle at this moment. ●Objects around the vehicle that can be identified during parking: ˗ Cylindrical objects with diameter larger than 75 cm and height of 1 m. ˗ Walls larger than 40 cm x 40 cm x 100 cm. ˗ Low obstacles larger than 25 cm x 25 cm x 25 cm. ˗ Square wall pillars with side length larger than 30 cm and height of 1 m. ˗ Road kerbs/steps with height of 20 cm, length of 1.2 m, and angle be- tween 80° and 90°. ˗ Wire meshes with size of 1 m x 1 m, hole diameter of 3 cm, and wire diam- eter of 3 mm. ●When the following scenes are around the vehicle or the parking space, be cautious about using the parking assist function. When using the parking assist function, pay attention to the vehicle surroundings and be ready to take over the vehicle at any time. ˗ Suspended fire pipes, fire hydrants, stone piers, limit piles and barriers, fences, flower beds, lamp posts, kerbs and steps, shopping carts, pillars etc. ˗ Narrow parking spaces, irregular parking spaces, parking spaces with no parking sign, parking spaces on a slope, parking space with a engaged floor lock, pitted parking spaces, parking spaces near a kerb or step higher than the vehicle chassis, and parking spaces near a gully or ditch. ●The parking space is too small. ●The parking process is overspeed or overtime. ●Using tyre chains. ●Tow bar activated/trailer activated. ●Gear intervention. ●Steering wheel intervention. ●Accelerator pedal intervention. ●Camera failure/radar failure. ●The slope exceeds 8%. ●The rain is too heavy. ●Excessive number of repeated reversing. ●Be not recovered from interruption. For more information on the limitations of Automatic Parking Assist, refer to the overview of the parking assist system (→ Page 104). ►When Automatic Parking Assist is used to park the vehicle at a parking space close to the road edge, the traveling trajectory set by the function may exceed road edge. Shift the gear according to actual conditions so as to pre- vent tyre or wheel damage caused by raised road shoulders. ►Tyres not produced by the origi- nal manufacturer or wrong tyre pressure may affect the perform- ance of Automatic Parking Assist. Parking in a parking space Enter the Automatic Parking Assist interface: ●Swipe leftward from the right on the centre display or tap to enter the application interface, and tap to enter the Automatic Parking Assist interface. Driving and parking 107

1. When the vehicle speed is below 30 km/

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 109 · Applies to: #1

h, tap to enter the application in- terface and tap to enter the Auto- matic Parking Assist interface, or press the button on the steering wheel to enter the Automatic Parking Assist interface. When the vehicle speed is below 25 km/h, the vehicle searches for available parking spaces automatically. If the vehicle speed exceeds the limit, the system prompts to slow down and stop searching. To resume searching, reduce the vehicle speed to be- low 22 km/h. If the vehicle speed exceeds 30 km/h, the Automatic Parking Assist in- terface exits automatically. 2. After finding an available parking space, the centre display prompts to park and other relevant information, and displays the searched parking space. When multiple parking spaces are found, the system will recommend the optimal parking space after the vehicle stops. You can also choose the preferred parking space. 3. After the vehicle is stopped, press Start. 4. Release the steering wheel and brake pedal to start parking automatically. 5. After the automatic parking is finished, the system prompts that the parking is completed. Unconscious Parking Enter the Automatic Parking Assist interface: ●Swipe leftward from the right on the centre display or tap to enter the application interface, tap to enter the Automatic Parking Assist interface, tap , and then tap Activate Auto- matically to turn on/off the Unconscious Parking. ●When Activate Automatically is turned on, if the system has found an available parking space and the vehicle is shifted to reverse , the Automatic Parking Assist interface is entered directly. Parking Emergency Brake (PEB) (if equipped) Parking Emergency Brake detects pedes- trians or stationary objects in the rear of the vehicle through the 6 radars and park- ing assistance camera on the rear bumper. When there is a risk of collision, Parking Emergency Brake initiates emergency braking to the vehicle and issues visual and audio prompts. Depending on the model configura- tion and market, the actual equip- ment of your vehicle may be different from the descriptions and illustrations. Refer to the actual vehicle. Limitation of Parking Emergency Brake Parking Emergency Brake cannot be used normally under the following circumstances: ●When the vehicle is reversing at a speed that exceeds 12 km/h. ●Rapid moving pedestrians. ●Weak light. ●Rainstorm for over 10 seconds continuously. ●When the radars and parking assist camera are dirty or in case of system failure. ●On slippery roads, the collision avoid- ance performance of Parking Emergency Brake will be reduced, because the ve- hicle needs a longer braking distance. For more information on the limitations of parking assist system, refer to (→Page 104). 108 Driving and parking

WARNING Accidents and risks

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 110 · Applies to: #1

caused by inappropriate use of emergency parking brake ►Any automatic system cannot guar- antee normal operation under any circumstance. Never drive toward personnel or object for the purpose of testing emergency parking brake. Accidents may be caused, which may result in personal injury or death. Parking Emergency Brake may con- duct unnecessary braking under complicated driving conditions. For example, construction sites, rails, road manhole covers, underground parking lots, water sprinkled or splashed ahead the vehicle. NOTE Notes on Parking Emergency Brake ►When Parking Emergency Brake is activated, you can deactivate Park- ing Emergency Brake by pressing the brake pedal or accelerator pedal. ►If there is no other operations within 30 seconds upon the activation of Parking Emergency Brake, the sys- tem will enable the electronic park- ing brake automatically. ►After enabling/disabling Parking Emergency Brake, the centre display indicates the corresponding information. Enabling/disabling Parking Emergency Brake Enter the setting interface: ●Tap Driving AssistanceParking Emergency Brake to enable/disable Parking Emergency Brake . Driver assistance and driving safety system Driver assistance systems and your responsibilities Your vehicle is equipped with driver assis- tance systems that help you drive, park, and steer the vehicle. The systems are only an aid and cannot cope with all traffic, weather, or road conditions. You are al- ways responsible for maintaining appro- priate vehicle spacing and speed, and abiding by all applicable traffic laws and regulations. Make sure that the driver reads all the topics related to the driver assistance sys- tems in the complete User Manual to understand the factors such as the func- tion limitations of the driver assistance systems and understand the knowledge the driver should have before using the system. Driver assistance system sensors The vehicle is equipped with multiple ra- dars and cameras, which are used to de- tect the distance between the vehicle ahead and your vehicle, identify traffic or road signs, and detect surrounding ve- hicles, pedestrians, etc. Forward camera, located behind the in- side rearview mirror. Driving and parking 109

2 panoramic cameras, located on the

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 111 · Applies to: #1

outside rearview mirrors. 1 panoramic camera, located above the front license plate frame. Forward millimeter wave radar, located in the centre of the front bumper. Corner radars, located on both sides of the front and rear bumpers. 12 front and rear radars, located on the front and rear bumpers. 1 panoramic camera, located above the rear license plate frame. Depending on the model configura- tion and market, the actual equip- ment of your vehicle may be different from the descriptions and illustrations. Refer to the actual vehicle. Limitations of driver assistance system sensor The sensor of the driver assistance system has certain limitations. In daily car use, please pay attention to the following con- ditions, otherwise the driver assistance system may not work properly: ●Never install accessories such as license plate decoration frame, or decals in the radar, camera and surrounding areas. Otherwise, the working range of the sensors may be affected, thus causing some drive assistance systems to fail to work. ●Severe weather conditions, such as heavy snow, heavy rain, and fog, may weaken the sensors or cause the sys- tem to temporarily stop working. ●Strong lighting, reflective surfaces, ice or snow, water, dirt on road or blurred lane marker lines may significantly af- fect the camera’s ability to recognise vehicles, pedestrians, traffic signs, or other obstacles. ●The radar can be interfered with by oth- er radio devices or strong radar reflections. ●In some cases, the radar may take lon- ger than expected to detect other ve- hicles or completely fail to detect them. ●When a vehicle is driving on the wind- ing, narrow and steep roads or entering or exiting a tunnel, the radar may fail to detect forward vehicles or other obstacles. ●Never slam into the sensor or the sur- rounding area. ●The cracks/scratches or stone chips in the bumper area behind the radar af- fects the radar function. ●If the passenger cabin has very high temperature, the forward camera may be temporarily disabled for a while. Until being cooled to a low enough tempera- ture, the forward camera cannot auto- matically restart or resume working. ●To make sure the radar work normally, the radar area must be free from dust, ice, snow, or other dirt, and the area must be cleaned regularly. Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) The vehicle is equipped with ABS to pre- vent the wheels from locking when you ap- ply the maximum braking force. Under most road conditions, this function can im- prove the steering control performance of the vehicle in case of emergency braking. NOTE Notes on Anti-lock Brake System If the Anti-lock Brake System fault and brake system state indicators are con- tinuously on, drive off the road as quickly as possible, park safely and con- tact a smart Authorized Service Partner. If the brake is applied in such situation, Anti-lock Brake System will be ineffec- tive, and the vehicle will become very unstable. Excessive high tyre pressure, excess low tyre pressure or using tyres of different sizes may result in losing brake efficiency. As long as the brake pedal is firmly pressed, Anti-lock Brake System is en- abled automatically. You may also hear working sound of the ABS motor and feel pulsation of the brake pedal. It is normal. 110 Driving and parking

Electronic Brake Distribution (EBD)

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 112 · Applies to: #1

EBD can adjust the distribution ratio of braking force of front and rear axles auto- matically during braking to improve brake performance, and work with ABS to im- prove brake stability, so as to make sure steady driving of the vehicle. Brake assist WARNING Risk of accident due to brake assist failure If brake assist fails, the braking distance under emergency brake will increase. ►For emergency brake, fully press the brake pedal. Anti-lock Brake System can prevent the wheels from locking up. Brake assist provides support in hard braking situations with additional braking force. Press the brake pedal quickly and the brake assist is enabled: ●Brake assist increases the brake pres- sure automatically. ●Brake assist can shorten the braking distance. ●Anti-lock Brake System can prevent the wheels from locking up. Once the brake pedal is released, the brake will operate normally and brake assist will be disabled. Post Impact Braking (PIB) After a vehicle collision, Post Impact Brak- ing initiates an automatic braking inter- vention to decelerate the vehicle, so that the subsequent collisions can be avoided or the impact severity can be mitigated. During the Post Impact Braking operation, an extra noise may be heard inside the passenger compartment. The noise, which is caused by the hydraulic pump and con- trol valves, is transmitted to the passenger compartment through the vehicle body. When Post Impact Braking is operating, the hazard warning lights flash. Post Impact Braking is enabled by default once the vehicle ignition is on, and you are unable to disable it. When Anti-lock Brake System is damaged during the collision, Post Impact Braking will not be triggered. Electronic Stability Control The electronic stability control system can help the driver prevent the vehicle from slipping, and improve vehicle traction When the system is functioning, the indi- cator flashes on the driver informa- tion display. You may hear a pulse sound generated during system braking. The ve- hicle acceleration may be slower than ex- pected when the accelerator pedal is pressed. When the indicator is on continuously on the driver information display, the elec- tronic stability control system is malfunc- tioning. Contact a smart Authorized Service Partner for repair. The system consists of the following functions: ●Vehicle dynamic control ●Traction control ●Anti rollover protection Notes on the electronic stability control system: ●The function is a driver assist function aimed to improve driving convenience and safety. It cannot cope with all traffic and weather conditions. ●The system cannot replace the atten- tion and judgment of the driver. The driver shall drive the vehicle safely at an appropriate speed, maintain a reason- able distance from other vehicles, and follow local laws and regulations. Vehicle dynamic control The function checks the driving and brak- ing force of each wheel to stabilize the vehicle. Traction control The function is activated at low speed and brakes the spinning drive wheel, so as to Driving and parking 111

transfer power to the drive wheel with

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 113 · Applies to: #1

traction. The function can also prevent the slipping or spinning of drive wheels on the pave- ment during acceleration. Anti rollover protection The function can reduce the risk of rollover due to sudden evading or vehicle slipping. If the vehicle is in a dangerous state, the electronic stability control system reduces the torque output and applies the brake to one or more wheels until the stability is recovered. Electronic Stability Control Sport Mode Overview of Electronic Stability Control Sport Mode The driver can select Electronic Stability Control Sport Mode to acquire much more active driving experience. If Electronic Stability Control Sport Mode is selected, system intervention will be re- duced, allowing increased vehicle slipping. When Electronic Stability Control Sport Mode is selected, the assistance provided by Electronic Stability Control for the driv- er is limited. If the vehicle is trapped and cannot move out or driving on a soft surface, such as sand or snow, Electronic Stability Control Sport Mode can provide greater traction. Enabling/disabling Electronic Stability Control Sport Mode ●Tap

to enable/disable Elec- tronic Stability Control Sport Mode. ●Enter the setting interface: Tap Vehicle Settings > Drivin- g > ESC Off to enable/disable Electronic Stability Control Sport Mode (→Page 152). In the driver information display, the indi- cator is always on, which indicates this system is turned off. The system re- stores normal mode after the vehicle is started next time. Park Assist 360 Camera The Park Assist 360 Camera captures the situation around the vehicle through the parking assist cameras and displays the images on the centre display, providing you with a panoramic view of the vehicle. WARNING Accident risk due to im- proper use of Park Assist 360 Camera ►People, objects, obstacles displayed on the centre display may seem closer to the vehicle than they ac- tually are. ►The parking assist cameras are de- signed to assist in parking. However, Park Assist 360 Camera cannot sub- stitute your attention and judgment. ►There are blind spots for cameras. Within the blind spots, cameras can- not detect objects or people around or near the vehicle. When the vehicle is shifted to re- verse , Park Assist 360 Camera is enabled automatically . After switch- ing to park , if there is no view switching operation in 5 seconds, Park Assist 360 Camera will exit . Park Assist 360 Camera can only be enabled when the vehicle speed is less than 30 km/h(19 mph) . Limitations of Park Assist 360 Camera ●The Park Assist 360 Camera can support videos and images with multiple views. ●Imaging is affected by the environment, and may not present real color effects, for example, illumination influence/ chromatic aberration. ●Due to the limitation of the sensor's own characteristics, the imaging effects may be subject to certain deformation/ error, etc. ●Because of visual factors and image de- formation factors, images can not be used as the basis for judging the distance. ●Under the condition of insufficient or excessive illumination, the imaging quality will decline to some extent. 112 Driving and parking

●The Park Assist 360 Camera only pro-

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 114 · Applies to: #1

vides visual images. The driver needs to always pay attention to the actual road environment. ●Keep the lens clean before use, so as not to affect the final imaging effects. For more limitations of the parking assist cameras, refer to Overview of Parking As- sist System (→Page 104). Turning on/off Park Assist 360 Camera Enter the Park Assist 360 Camera interface: ●Swipe leftward on the centre display or tap to enter the application inter- face, and tap to enter the Park As- sist 360 Camera interface. Turn off the Park Assist 360 Camera. Zoom out the display, and exit the full screen display. Park Assist 360 Camera view. Select the 2D or 3D view. You can tap the corresponding view icon to have the desired view: front wide-angle view, side views and rear wide-angle view. Enter the Automatic Parking Assist (if equipped). Enable/disable sound. Set up the Park Assist 360 Camera: Turn on/off the blind spot steering link. Turn on/off the front collision warning. Turn on/off the transparent car view. Turn on/off the parking distance control. After enabling the blind spot steering link, when the turning signal light is turned on and the vehicle speed is below 30 km/h, the centre display will pop out a Park As- sist 360 Camera mini window. Power assisted steering Steering Wheel Re-centering When the driver enters the vehicle and the system detects the steering wheel is not centred, the system will notify the driver. Enter the setting interface: ●Tap

Vehicle Settings > Dri- ving > Steering Wheel Re-Centering to enable/disable Steering Wheel Re- Centering. Power assisted steering The power assisted steering reduces the amount of force required to turn the steering wheel for better control of the ve- hicle, and provides different power assis- tance force according to the selected drive mode. Enter the setting interface: ●Tap Quick Controls > Steering Assist to adjust the Steering Assist to the Auto, Soft, Comfortable or Steady mode. Autohold WARNING Autohold is only a driving assistance function and it does not replace the electric parking brake to apply brake. You must always maintain control of the vehicle and bear all responsibilities for the safety of the vehicle. Autohold provides braking for brief stops during normal driving, so you don't need to keep pressing the brake pedal. When Au- tohold is activated, pressing the accelera- tor pedal or pressing the brake pedal again can deactivate Autohold. Enabling/disabling Autohold ●Tap

to enable/disable Autohold. Driving and parking 113

When Autohold is activated, the driver in-

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 115 · Applies to: #1

formation display displays the green indi- cator lamp . When the vehicle is shifted to re- verse , Autohold is not functional. Autohold is automatically switched to electric parking brake when: ●The driver releases the seat belt or opens the driver's door. ●The Autohold time is exceeded (approx- imately 10 minutes). ●Shifting to park . Press the brake pedal deeply to acti- vate this function, and press the brake pedal deeply again to deacti- vate this function. Disable Autohold when using an au- tomatic car washer. Cornering Brake Control NOTE Cornering Brake Control is only an assis- tance system, and the driver must al- ways maintain control of the vehicle and take full responsibility for the safe driv- ing of the vehicle. Cornering Brake Control can control the braking pressure on the inner wheels when the vehicle is braking at the curve to prevent the inner wheels from locking up too early and improve the driving stability of the vehicle. Hill Assist Hill Assist can help you start on the hill and prevent the vehicle from slipping back- ward. After releasing the brake pedal, Hill Assist can keep the vehicle stopped on the hill for about 2 seconds. Hill Assist works even when Automatic Parking Assist is disabled. NOTE Notes on Hill Assist Hill Assist cannot replace the parking brake. Shift to park when you leave the vehicle. Press the brake pedal immediately when the vehicle slips backward. Hill Assist cannot completely prevent the vehicle from slipping backward from a steep hill under full load or on all road conditions. Hill Descent Control (HDC) Hill Descent Control can control the speed through automatic braking intervention. This function is especially useful when going down a steep slope, especially when the terrain is rough, slippery and pockmarked. At the same time, you can also press the accelerator pedal to temporarily increase the downhill speed, or press the brake pedal to slow down or stop at any time. Hill Descent Control is an aid, which cannot handle all situations or road conditions. The driver is always re- sponsible for driving the vehicle safely. Enabling/disabling Hill Descent Control ●Tap

to enable/disable Hill Descent Control. When Hill Descent Control is in the ready mode or when the vehicle speed is below 60 km/h(38 mph), the grey/white indicator on the driver information display illuminates. When Hill Descent Control is activated, the green indicator on the driver infor- mation display illuminates. This function can only be enabled when the vehicle runs downhill at low speed on a steep slope. When the vehicle speed is higher than 60 km/h(38 mph), the system automatically disables the function. After the Hill Descent Control is dis- abled, the braking force will gradu- ally decrease until it disappears. 114 Driving and parking

Low speed warning

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 116 · Applies to: #1

When the vehicle is in or gear and the vehicle speed is less than 23 km/h, a low speed alarm tone will occur to remind pedestrians to pay attention to the ap- proach of the vehicle. For the driver, the low speed warn- ing is an assistant function, which cannot replace the driver’s judgment to traffic conditions. You are always responsible for driving the vehicle safely. Observe the following precautions for the low-speed alarm function: ●When the vehicle moves forward or backward at a speed lower than 20 km/ h, the low speed warning alerts pedes- trians. This helps other road users (par- ticularly pedestrians and cyclists) to hear your vehicle better. ●When the vehicle moves at a speed over 20 km/h, the low speed warning is switched off. ●Despite the low speed warning, in some cases pedestrians or other vehicles may not be able to hear your vehicle moving, and it is always your responsibility to drive your vehicle safely. ●The low speed warning is turned off when the vehicle is stationary. Speed Limiting (LIM) When the driver adjusts the speed using the accelerator pedal, Speed Limiting can prevent the vehicle speed from acciden- tally exceeding the preset maximum value for a short time. If the accelerator pedal is pressed for a long time, the vehicle speed will exceed the preset maximum value. Notes on using Speed Limiting: ●The function is a driver assistance sup- port, which makes driving easier and safer, but it cannot handle all traffic, weather and road conditions. ●This system is not a substitute for driv- er’s attention and judgment. The driver shall drive the vehicle safely at an ap- propriate speed, maintain a reasonable distance from other vehicles, and follow local laws and regulations. Enabling Speed Limiting Press the button on the left of the steering wheel and select smart Pilot Assist/Adaptive Cruise Control/Speed Lim- iting according to vehicle configuration. Press the button on the left of the steering wheel to activate and enable the selected function. Speed Limiting shall be enabled to adjust speed. You can set the Speed Limiting when your vehicle is at gear. Configurable mini- mum speed is 30km/h. Press the button on the left of the steering wheel to turn on the Speed Limiting. When the indicator light on the driver information display turns gray, the Speed Limiting is in Ready mode. When the Speed Limiting is selected, press the button on the left of the steering wheel to enable it. When the indicator light on the driver information display turns green, the Speed Limiting is enabled, and the current vehicle speed is stored as the maximum speed. Press the button on the left of the steering wheel: a short press increases the speed by 1 km/h, and a long press in- creases it by 5 km/h. Press the button on the left of the steering wheel: a short press decreases the speed by 1 km/h, and a long press de- creases it by 5 km/h. Disabling Speed Limiting Press the button on the left of the steering wheel. When the indicator light on the driver information display turns gray, the Speed Limiting is in the Ready mode. Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) Adaptive Cruise Control can control the speed in the range of 0-150 km/h based on the target speed and the car-following distance interval. Driving and parking 115

You can set your desired speed or vehicle

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 117 · Applies to: #1

following distance interval. When the sys- tem detects that the speed of the vehicle ahead is lower than the set speed, the ve- hicle automatically slows down to make sure a proper distance to the vehicle ahead is maintained. If the vehicle ahead accelerates and its speed is over the set speed, or you change lanes and no slow vehicle is in front of you, the system auto- matically controls the vehicle to bring the speed to the set speed. Limitations of Adaptive Cruise Control: Always remember that in some special road conditions, such as viaducts, bridge tunnels or tunnels, Adaptive Cruise Control may not be activated or may exit auto- matically due to system limitations. Adap- tive Cruise Control is mostly suitable for driving on smooth roads. If you enable this function on steep downhill sections or when driving with heavy loads, it may be difficult to maintain the correct distance to the vehicle ahead. In this case, pay special attention and prepare for braking at any time. WARNING Risk of accident from driv- ing with Adaptive Cruise Control Adaptive Cruise Control is only a driver assistance system. It cannot completely replace the driver for safe driving. When using Adaptive Cruise Control, the driver still needs to control the vehicle accord- ing to the actual road conditions or traf- fic conditions. ►Adaptive Cruise Control is an assis- tance function for the driver. It can not replace the driver for driving. You are always responsible for driv- ing the vehicle safely and observing local laws and regulations. ►Adaptive Cruise Control can smoothly adjust the vehicle speed to respond to the driver's intentions and traffic conditions ahead. As sen- sor functions are limited, the system may brake unnecessarily or not brake when necessary. In case of im- mediate braking, it is your responsi- bility to actively take braking measures. ►Adaptive Cruise Control cannot cover all driving scenarios and traffic, weather and road conditions. ►If the Adaptive Cruise Control fails to maintain a proper vehicle speed or a proper distance from the vehicle ahead, you must intervene. ►Repair or replacement of the Adap- tive Cruise Control and its compo- nents requires professional equipment and technicians. Please contact a smart Authorized Service Partner for relevant operations. ►The Adaptive Cruise Control may not respond to animals, pedestrians, ir- regular vehicles, vehicles loaded with irregularly shaped goods or small vehicles (such as bicycles, tri- cycles and motorcycles). ►The Adaptive Cruise Control may not respond to slow-moving, parked or approaching vehicles, or other sta- tionary targets. ►Intersections with traffic lights can- not be recognized, and the driver 116 Driving and parking

needs to take over the vehicle

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 118 · Applies to: #1

control. ►Do not use the Adaptive Cruise Con- trol under poor driving conditions, such as urban roads or other envi- ronments with serious traffic con- gestion, roads with a large amount of accumulated water or silt, severe rain and snow, low visibility, windy weather and ramps. ►Adaptive Cruise Control may not re- spond to vehicles or objects crossing the lane. ►Too many objects in the boot may result in vehicle posture change, causing target identification per- formance degradation or Adaptive Cruise Control failure. ►When another vehicle changes lane and goes to the front of the vehicle, the Adaptive Cruise Control may not be able to respond immediately. The driver shall brake in time. ►During driving on a steep downhill slope, it is hard for the Adaptive Cruise Control to keep an appropri- ate distance from front vehicles. You should be much more careful under such circumstance and prepare for braking. ►During driving into and out of curves, the selection of targets may be de- layed or disturbed. Adaptive Cruise Control may brake unexpectedly, brake too late, or accelerate. ►On sharp curves, such as s-shape roads, due to the limitations of cam- eras and front radars, Adaptive Cruise Control cannot detect the ve- hicle ahead normally, which may cause the vehicle to accelerate, and thus the driver needs to take over this vehicle properly according to the actual conditions. ►When a vehicle ahead in the adjacent lane cuts into the driving track of the vehicle, the detection may be af- fected or delayed in some environ- ments, such as low reflection intensity of targets (pedestrians, bi- cycles and tricycles), and electromagnetic interference, which leads to the Adaptive Cruise Control unable to recognize the target or ac- curately calculate the distance from the vehicle ahead. In this case, Adaptive Cruise Control will be unre- sponsive or delayed in braking, and the driver needs to actively control the vehicle. ►Road construction (failure in object recognition, such as conical road- blocks and road construction signs). Install the front license plate frame with caution, because the wide met- al plate frame can affect the front radar signal, and cause the front ra- dar to incorrectly handle the ve- hicle’s driving status or produce false alarms. Adaptive Cruise Control can speed up and slow down the vehicle. When the vehicle decelerates, the braking system works and may make a sound. It is normal. If the vehicle under Adaptive Cruise Control is too close to the forward vehicle, Front Collision Mitigation may be triggered by Adaptive Cruise Control. Setting Adaptive Cruise Control to the ready mode Press the button on the left of the steering wheel and select smart Pilot Assist/Adaptive Cruise Control/Speed Lim- iting according to vehicle configuration. Press the button on the left of the steering wheel to activate and enable the selected function. When the button on the left of the steering wheel is pressed to Adaptive Cruise Control and the grey/white indica- tor on the driver information display illuminates, Adaptive Cruise Control is in the ready mode. Enabling Adaptive Cruise Control ●Doors, bonnet and liftgate need to be closed. Driving and parking 117

●Fasten the driver's seat belt.

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 119 · Applies to: #1

●The performance of the brake system is normal. ●The electric parking brake is released. ●Electronic Stability Control is not deactivated. ●The vehicle speed is between 0 km/h and 150 km/h. ●The gear position is in drive . ●The camera and the front radar area are not covered by dust, rain, ice, snow or other dirt. ●Hill Descent Control is not activated. When the button on the left of the steering wheel is pressed and the green indicator on the driver information display illuminates, the current vehicle speed is set as the cruise speed. Adjusting Adaptive Cruise Control When Adaptive Cruise Control is working, you can set the target speed and vehicle following distance interval according to needs. After Adaptive Cruise Control is enabled, press the button on the left of the steering wheel to adjust the vehicle following distance. The lowest level is level 1 and the highest level is level 3. When the lowest/highest level is selected, pressing again will be invalid. The driver can adjust the Adaptive Cruise Control speed through the button on the left of the steering wheel. Press the button on the left of the steering wheel: a short press increases the speed by 1 km/h, and a long press in- creases it by 5 km/h. Press the button on the left of the steering wheel: a short press decreases the speed by 1 km/h, and a long press de- creases it by 5 km/h. When Automatic Speed Limiting is enabled, if a speed limit sign on the road is detected and the currently set speed is higher than the speed limit, the system will automati- cally adjust the target speed to the speed limit. If the set speed is lower than the speed limit, the set speed will remain the same. Enabling/disabling Automatic Speed Limiting Enter the setting interface: ●Tap

Driving Assistance > Assis- tance > Automatic Speed Adjustment to turn on/off the automatic speed adjustment. In case of accidents, your respond time will be limited if following dis- tance is short. You are always obli- gated to control the vehicle and keep safety distance. ●When the Adaptive Cruise Control is ac- tive, if the driver steps on the accelera- tor pedal, the vehicle control will be taken over by the driver to respond to the acceleration demand. The control function of the Adaptive Cruise Control will not work. ●The higher the vehicle speed, the longer the car-following distance. Disabling Adaptive Cruise Control When the button on the left of the steering wheel is pressed and Adaptive Cruise Control enters the ready mode, the grey/white indicator on the driver in- formation display illuminates, indicating that Adaptive Cruise Control is in the ready mode, and Adaptive Cruise Control no lon- ger controls the vehicle speed. Adaptive Cruise Control will automatically enter the ready mode particularly for any of the following reasons: ●Any of the doors, the bonnet or the lift- gate is opened. ●The driver’s seat belt is unfastened. ●The braking system has degraded per- formance or fails. ●Electronic parking brake is enabled. ●The wheels lose traction. ●The vehicle speed exceeds the set value and keeps longer than the design time. ●The shift lever is set to the position, position or position. 118 Driving and parking

●The Electronic Stability Control is turned

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 120 · Applies to: #1

off or subject to intervention. ●Hill Descent Control is activated. ●The camera and the front radar area are covered by dust, rain, ice, snow or other dirt. After Front Cross Traffic Alert exits automatically, you must take over the vehicle control to ensure the safe driving of the vehicle. Re-enabling Adaptive Cruise Control Press the button on the left of the steering wheel to re-enable the Adaptive Cruise Control, so the indicator light on the driver information display turns green. If current speed and target speed are quite different, the speed will in- crease gradually after reactivating Adaptive Cruise Control. Car-following mode of Cruise Control In the car-following mode of Cruise Con- trol, if the front vehicle stops gradually, the vehicle will also stop gradually follow- ing the front vehicle and keep a safe distance. ●In 4 seconds after the vehicle stops, if the front vehicle resumes driving, the Cruise Control will automatically resume. ●When the following stop time is more than 4 seconds, the system will deter- mine the surrounding conditions and the driver's status. If the automatic re- sume requirement is not met and the vehicle ahead runs, the driver needs to press the accelerator pedal or press the button on the left of the steering wheel to resume Cruise Control. ●When the following stop time is more than 3 minutes, Adaptive Cruise Control will be deactivated automatically. ●If the driver actively exits the Adaptive Cruise Control, the vehicle will not move forward automatically. If the accelerator pedal is pressed at this time and the vehicle moves forwards, the driver needs to take over the vehicle control and pay attention to safe driving. NOTE When the vehicle enters, exits or drives in a curve, if the vehicle in front goes out of the sensors' detection range, the vehicle may accelerate suddenly. The driver must keep careful and be ready to take over the vehicle at any time. Changing the target vehicle of Adaptive Cruise Control After the Adaptive Cruise Control is acti- vated, if the followed target vehicle sud- denly turns and another stationary vehicle appears ahead, the system may not re- spond to the stationary vehicle and may accelerate to the previously set target speed. Press the brake pedal for decelera- tion/braking. WARNING Adaptive Cruise Control system cannot detect stationary and slow-moving ve- hicles or objects (especially when the vehicle is driving at a high speed), espe- cially when the vehicle ahead leaves the lane where your vehicle is and mean- while a stationary vehicle or object ap- pears in front, the system cannot brake or decelerate. You must pay attention to the road condition and be ready to brake or decelerate the vehicle at any time. Highway Assist (HWA) Highway Assist (smart Pilot Assist shown on the driver information display) provides longitudinal and lateral control of the vehicle in the speed range of 0-130 Driving and parking 119

km/h and when the system requirements

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 121 · Applies to: #1

are met. The system can control the ve- hicle speed according to the set vehicle speed and the inter-vehicle space, and as- sist steering wheel control according to the lane lines on the left and right sides or following the lead vehicle. Automated Lane Change Assist can be activated by operat- ing the lever switch of turn signal lamp. Overtaking avoidance: When Highway Assist (smart Pilot Assist shown on the driver information dis- play) is activated, the vehicle speed is in the range of 50-130 km/h, and the vehicle needs to avoid a truck, trailer or other large vehicles in adjacent lanes, the sys- tem will automatically control the vehicle to offset and avoid in the current lane. Hands-off alarm: When Highway Assist (smart Pilot Assist shown on the driver information dis- play) works, you need to hold the steering wheel. When the system detects that your hands are off the steering wheel for a long time, the system will react: ●When the system detects that your hands hold the steering wheel, the re- minder message will disappear. Highway Assist continues to work. ●When the system detects that your hands are still off the steering wheel, the request will be upgraded, a buzzer alarm will be sent, and a reminder mes- sage will be displayed. If the driver ignores the reminder, the system will automatically exit Highway Assist after the buzzer alarm ends. Automated Lane Change Assist: After enabling the function, the driver can activate Automated Lane Change Assist by turning on the turning signal light when the vehicle is on highways and viaducts, and the surrounding conditions meet the lane change requirements. When the func- tion is activated (→Page 126), the system will control the vehicle to change lane automatically. WARNING Risk of accident when us- ing Highway Assist ►Highway Assist is only an aid, and it cannot realize complete automatic driving. You are always responsible for driving the vehicle safely and ob- serving local laws and regulations. ►Highway Assist is only applicable to enclosed roads such as highways and viaducts. Meanwhile, the driver shall pay attention to driving so as to take over the vehicle rapidly in case of emergency. ►If Highway Assist cannot keep an ap- propriate speed or a safe distance from the front vehicle, you must intervene. ►Too many objects in the boot may result in vehicle posture change, therefore degrading or disabling the system. ►When another vehicle changes lane and goes to the front of the vehicle, the system may not be able to re- spond immediately. The driver shall brake in time. ►Highway Assist is not an anti-colli- sion system. You are obligated to take brake measures in case of emergency. ►When driving on a steep downhill road, it is hard for you to keep an ap- propriate distance with forward ve- hicle with the function. In these cases, the driver should drive care- fully and be ready to brake at any time. ►Highway Assist may not respond to animals, small vehicles such as bi- cycles and motorcycles, or stopped vehicles. ►When the vehicle follows the front vehicle at low speed, the system can control the steering wheel torque according to the trajectory of the front vehicle, and the subject vehicle follows the front vehicle to move slowly laterally. You need to pay special attention to the traffic condi- tions on the side of the vehicle. 120 Driving and parking

Limitation of Highway Assist

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 122 · Applies to: #1

Highway Assist (smart Pilot Assist shown on the driver information display) may not be able to work normally when driving under the following circumstances: ●Roads with small curve (e.g. ramps, hill ring roads). ●Cross roads or fork roads (change in the number of lanes, such as one to two, two to three, etc. at intersections) ●Road construction. ●Pavement with damaged or unclear lane line. ●The driver takes over the vehicle. ●The lane line is covered by sand, dust, water, snow, etc. ●There are wheel marks on a rainy or snowy day, or wheel marks caused by the braking of other vehicles. ●Road boundary, kerb, etc. ●There are continuous linear projections on the road, such as the shadows of railings. Using Highway Assist Conditions of using Highway Assist (smart Pilot Assist shown on the driver in- formation display): ●Doors, bonnet and liftgate need to be closed. ●Fasten the driver's seat belt. ●The performance of the brake system is normal. ●The electric parking brake is released. ●Electronic Stability Control is not deactivated. ●The vehicle speed does not exceed the design speed. ●The gear position is in drive . ●The camera and the front radar area are not covered by dust, rain, ice, snow or other dirt. ●Hill Descent Control is not activated. Press the button on the left of the steering wheel and select smart Pilot Assist/Adaptive Cruise Control/Speed Limiting according to vehicle configuration. Press the button on the left of the steering wheel to activate and enable the selected function. Press the button on the left of the steering wheel to activate and enable the selected function. After the function is ac- tivated, when the green indicator on the driver information display illuminates, the current vehicle speed is set as the cruise speed. Adjusting Highway Assist When Highway Assist (smart Pilot Assist shown on the driver information dis- play) is working, you can set the target speed and the vehicle following distance interval according to needs. After enabling Highway Assist, press the button on the left of the steer- ing wheel to adjust the vehicle following distance. The lowest level is level 1 and the highest level is level 3. When the lowest/ highest level is selected, pressing again will be invalid. The driver can adjust the Adaptive Cruise Control speed through the button on the left of the steering wheel. Press the button on the left of the steering wheel: a short press increases the speed by 1 km/h, and a long press in- creases it by 5 km/h. Press the button on the left of the steering wheel: a short press decreases the speed by 1 km/h, and a long press de- creases it by 5 km/h. In case of accidents, your respond time will be limited if following dis- tance is short. You are always obli- gated to control the vehicle and keep safety distance. ●When Highway Assist is working, if the driver steps on the accelerator pedal, the vehicle will be taken over by the driver, responding to the driver's accel- eration needs. The control of Highway Assist will stop working. Driving and parking 121

●If there is no obvious response after en-

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 123 · Applies to: #1

abling Highway Assist, it means that the set vehicle following distance cannot permit speed increase. ●The higher the vehicle speed, the longer the following distance. ●To make sure to follow the vehicle ahead steadily, Adaptive Cruise Control allows changes of the vehicle following distance under specific circumstance. If the vehicle is running at low speed and the distance to the vehicle ahead is rel- atively short, Highway Assist will pro- long the vehicle following time interval slightly. Disabling Highway Assist Highway Assist (smart Pilot Assist shown on the driver information display) can be disabled in the following ways: ●Press the brake pedal to exit Highway Assist. ●Press the button on the left of the steering wheel to exit smart Pilot Assist. Highway Assist relies on other systems to work, such as Electronic Stability Control. If any of these systems stops working, High- way Assist will be automatically disabled. In the case of automatic system deactiva- tion, an audible signal will be emitted and a text message will be displayed on the driver information display. The driver must intervene to maintain a safe speed and distance from the lead vehicle. The reasons for the deactivation of High- way Assist could be (including but not lim- ited to): ●Any door, bonnet or liftgate is opened. ●The driver’s seat belt is unfastened. ●The wheels have lost traction. ●The braking system has degraded or failed. ●The parking brake is applied. ●The front middle range radars and front camera are covered by snow or heavy rain. Re-enabling Highway Assist Press the button on left of the steer- ing wheel to enable smart Pilot Assist again. The green indicator on the driver information display illuminates. For detailed operation steps, refer to Adaptive Cruise Control (→Page 115). When Automatic Speed Limiting is enabled, if a speed limit sign on the road is detected and the currently set speed is higher than the speed limit, the system will automati- cally adjust the target speed to the speed limit. If the set speed is lower than the speed limit, the set speed will remain the same. Enabling/disabling Automatic Speed Limiting Enter the setting interface: ●Tap

Driving Assistance > Assis- tance > Automatic Speed Adjustment to turn on/off the automatic speed adjustment. Traffic Jam Assist (TJA) At the speed of less than 60 km/h(38 mph), Traffic Jam Assist helps the driver prevent accidents by detecting the distance to the forward vehicle and providing a safe dis- tance, and keeps the vehicle in the current lane with steering assist. Under the active system, the driver needs to control the steering wheel all the time and take over the vehicle by operating the pedal, steering wheel and steering indica- tor light. If the vehicle detects that the driver does not control the steering wheel, it will issue a warning to remind. If the steering wheel is not controlled, the func- tion will be suspended. Traffic Jam Assist will be limited under the following conditions: ●The front view camera or radar is covered. ●There are many obscure lane markings on a lane, e.g. in a construction zone. ●The distance to the forward vehicle is too small. 122 Driving and parking

●Lane markings change rapidly, such as

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 124 · Applies to: #1

lane diverging, crossing or merging. ●Traffic Jam Assist cannot provide assis- tance when the road is narrow, the cor- ner is sharp, or the turning is rapid. Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) When you are driving on a highway or main road, Lane Keeping Assist can reduce the risk of a vehicle deviating from its own lane in certain circumstances. If the vehicle travels at a range of 65 - 180 km/h(41 - 110 mph), Lane Keeping Assist can identify lane lines, pedestrians, kerb- side, front/rear vehicles and measure the distance between the left and right lane lines and the vehicle in the current lane through windscreen cameras, front radar and rear radars on both sides. If Lane Keeping Assist detects that the vehicle is in danger of deviating from the lane and colliding with pedestrians or vehicles in the adjacent lane, the system will request the vehicle to turn back to its own lane. When the vehicle is about to deviate from the lane or is deviating from the lane, the system will remind the driver to control the vehicle in the lane by vibrating the steering wheel or sending sound and visu- al signals. NOTE ►Lane Keeping Assist only provides assistance, and it cannot operate normally under all driving conditions, weather conditions, traffic condi- tions or road conditions. ►Do not use this function in urban streets, construction areas, narrow roads or sections where there may be cyclists or pedestrians. ►You are always responsible for driv- ing your vehicle safely. Limitations of Lane Keeping Assist This system may be unable to cope with some traffic, weather and road conditions. You are advised not to rely too heavily on the system because it may not work prop- erly, in case of: ●Road construction. ●Poor road surface condition. ●Driver’s active intervention. ●Complicated lane markings on roads. ●Low visibility due to bad weather. The Lane Keeping Assist consists of three subsystems: ●Lane Departure Warning (LDW) ●Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) ●Emergency Lane Keep Assist (ELKA) Lane Departure Warning (LDW) If the driver does not actively control the vehicle and the system detects that the vehicle is about to cross the lane marking, the Lane Departure Warning will remind the driver by vibrating the steering wheel or giving audible and visual signals. Turning on/off Lane Departure Warning Enter the setting interface: ●Tap

Driving Assistance > Safe- ty > Lane Departure Warning to set Lane Departure Warning to Off, Vibration or Beep mode. Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) If the driver does not actively control the vehicle and the system detects that the vehicle is deviating from the current lane, the Lane Departure Prevention will actively request steering to help the vehicle return Driving and parking 123

to the current lane. If the vehicle continues

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 125 · Applies to: #1

to deviate from the lane and is about to cross or crossing the lane line, Lane De- parture Prevention will issue a warning if Lane Departure Warning is enabled. Emergency Lane Keep Assist (ELKA) Emergency Lane Keep Assist will actively control the steering system to help the ve- hicle return to the current lane when the vehicle travels on a road with clear lane lines or road boundary, the system detects that the vehicle is deviating from the cur- rent lane and any of the following situa- tions occurs: ●The vehicle is in danger of colliding with an oncoming vehicle or an approaching vehicle from the rear in the neighboring lane. ●The vehicle is in danger of colliding with the kerb or running off the road. ●The vehicle is in danger of colliding with pedestrians, bicycles, etc. in the adja- cent lane. Notes on Emergency Lane Keep Assist: ●The Emergency Lane Keep Assist only provides assistance, and it cannot oper- ate normally under all driving condi- tions, weather conditions, traffic conditions or road conditions. ●The Emergency Lane Keep Assist cannot detect obstacles like roadside fences and railings. ●The Emergency Lane Keep Assist is en- abled only when there is a high risk of collision. Do not wait for this function to intervene. ●The driver shall always keep attention and judgment to ensure that the vehicle drives safely at an appropriate speed, keeps an appropriate distance from other vehicles, and abides by current laws and traffic regulations. NOTE ►When driving on sharp curves or narrow roads, the lane keeping as- sist may not work. ►When the vehicle is running nor- mally, if you turn on the turning sig- nal lights, Lane Keep Assist will not issue warning or intervene, except in the case of vehicles coming from behind. ►When Electronic Stability Control fails or is disabled, or the vehicle is interfered with, Lane Keep Assist may be restricted or unavailable. Hands-off alarm When the Lane Keep Assist is activated, the driver needs to hold the steering wheel with both hands at all times. If Lane Depar- ture Prevention does not detect hands on the steering wheel when it is activated for the first time, no reminder message will appear on the driver information display and the corresponding lane lines turn blue. If Lane Departure Prevention is activated again in the next period of time and still detects that the driver's hands are not on the steering wheel, the corresponding warning message will pop up on the driver information display, accompanied by an audible alarm, until the driver takes over the vehicle. The alarm is turned off. Enabling/disabling Lane Keeping Assist ●Tap

to enable/disable Lane Keeping Assist. ●Enter the setting interface: Tap Driving Assistance > Safe- ty > Lane Keep Assist to enable/disable Lane Keep Assist. 124 Driving and parking

NOTE

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 126 · Applies to: #1

►After Lane Keeping Assist is turned on, if the system fails, the indicator lamp on the driver information display will come on. ►After Lane Keeping Assist is turned off, the indicator lamp on the driver information display will come on. ►When Lane Keeping Assist is not ac- tivated, the lane lines displayed on the driver information display are grey. ►When Lane Keeping Assist detects the lane lines and is ready to work, the lane lines displayed on the driver information display are grey. ►When Lane Keeping Assist issues an alarm, the lane lines displayed on the driver information display are yellow. ►When Lane Keeping Assist initiates torque intervention on the steering wheel, the lane lines displayed on the driver information display are blue. Lane Change Assist (LCA) With the vehicle speed within 15-155 km/ h, when the driver enables this function, if there is a vehicle in the blind spots of the vehicle or a vehicle behind within 70 me- ters in the adjacent lane is approaching quickly, the system will warn the driver by turning on or flashing the warning light on the rearview mirror and the alarm screen on the driver information display. Lane Change Assist consists of the follow- ing sub-systems: ●Blind Spot Detection (BSD): when the Blind Spot Detection detects one or more vehicles, the system will warn the driver by turning on or flashing the warning lamp on the rearview mirror and the alarm image on the driver infor- mation display. ●Coming Vehicle Warning (CVW): when the Coming Vehicle Warning system de- tects that there are fast approaching vehicles in the lanes on either side, the system will warn the driver by turning on or flashing the warning lamp on the rearview mirror and the alarm image on the driver information display. Detection area of Blind Spot Detection Detection area of Coming Vehicle Warn- ing/Lane Change Collision Warning Beep WARNING Risk of accident due to in- correct use of Lane Change Assist ►Lane Change Assist is an information system, and it cannot work properly under all circumstances. ►To make sure lane change safety, the driver must pay attention to the vehicle from the sides and rear be- fore changing lane, even if the ve- hicle is equipped with Lane Change Assist. ►Lane Change Assist does not work when reversing. Limitations of Lane Change Assist The function may be affected, particularly when: ●Lane Change Assist is not suitable for rain, snow and other severe weather. ●Lane Change Assist cannot detect sta- tionary object. ●Lane Change Assist cannot detect ob- jects such as pedestrians or bicycles. ●Lane Change Assist does not work in tight corners or open areas. ●Lane Change Assist cannot detect fast or slow vehicles. Driving and parking 125

●Lane Change Assist cannot detect small

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 127 · Applies to: #1

objects. Turning on/off Lane Change Collision Warning Beep Enter the setting interface: ●Tap

Driving Assistance > Assist- ance > Lane Change Collision Warning Beep to set Lane Change Collision Warn- ing Beep to Off, Visual, or Visual & Audio. Automated Lane Change Assist (ALCA) (if equipped) After Highway Assist is enabled, when the vehicle speed is within 60-130 km/h and Automated Lane Change Assist is enabled, if the system detects that the current road conditions meet the Automated Lane Change Assist requirements, the target lane on the driver information display turns green from grey and the driver can slightly toggle the turning signal light switch to enable the Automated Lane Change Assist. Limitations of Automated Lane Change Assist ●Automated Lane Change Assist helps the vehicle change into one lane at a time. The second change requires slightly toggling the turning signal light switch again to turn on the turning sig- nal lights after completing the first lane change. ●If the driver activates the Automated Lane Change Assist, the turning signal lights will flash continuously during lane change; after the lane change is com- pleted or fails, the driver needs to turn off the turning signal lights manually. ●The driver shall not take hands off the steering wheel during lane change. If the system detects the driver's inter- vention (such as turning in reverse or pulling the steering wheel), the lane change will be canceled or fail. ●The system cannot guarantee success- ful lane change every time. During lane change, the driver shall always keep the control of the vehicle. Enabling conditions of Automated Lane Change Assist: ●The road is not under construction (which may lead to failure in object rec- ognition, such as conical roadblocks and road construction signs). ●Expressways or viaducts with clear barriers. ●Good network (complete map data). ●The road speed limit is not less than 70 km/h; the vehicle speed exceeds 60 km/ h. ●The driver holds the steering wheel with both hands and turns the steering col- umn lever. ●The width of the target lane is 2.5-5.5 meters, and there is no dangerous envi- ronment (such as road construction, and road curvature greater than 250 meters). ●There is enough space in the target lane, and there are no fast approaching vehicles behind. ●The corresponding lane marking is a dotted line. ●The lane markings on both sides are displayed in green. ●The Electronic Stability Control is not turned off or subject to intervention. Enabling/disabling Automated Lane Change Assist Enter the setting interface: ●Tap Driving Assistance > Assis- tance > Auto Lane Change Assistance to enable/disable Automated Lane Change Assist. 126 Driving and parking

WARNING Risk of accident from using

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 128 · Applies to: #1

Automated Lane Change Assist ►Automated Lane Change Assist is only an aid, and you need to observe the surroundings and hold the steering wheel while the vehicle is changing lane automatically in order to take over the vehicle in time in case of an accident. ►You are always responsible for driv- ing your vehicle safely and abiding all all relevant traffic laws and regulations. NOTE ►Automated Lane Change Assist helps the vehicle change into one lane at a time. The second change requires slightly toggling the turning signal light switch again after completing the first lane change. ►If the driver moves the left lever to turn on the turning signal light and activate Automated Lane Change As- sist, the turning signal light will keep flashing during the lane change. After the completion or failure of lane change, the turning signal light turns off automatically. After the function is activated, if the turning signal light is not automatically turned off, the driver shall manually turn it off after the lane change is completed or fails. Front Collision Mitigation (FCM) The Front Collision Mitigation can warn the driver to pay attention to pedestrians, cy- clists and other vehicles by means of tone, image and braking. When the driver brakes too late, the braking force is too small or there is no braking measure at all, the sys- tem will take measures to help the driver to avoid or mitigate a collision. The driver or passenger usually only notices the Colli- sion Mitigation function when the vehicle is about to collide. Front Collision Mitigation works through the following 4 methods: 1. Safe distance alarm: if the vehicle trav- eling at a speed higher than 65 km/h is too close to the front vehicle, the sys- tem will remind you to keep a safe dis- tance through visual signals. 2. Front Collision Warning (FCW): when the vehicle speed is higher than 30 km/h and the system considers that there is a potential collision risk, the system will alert the driver of a potential collision risk by means of alarm sound or alarm image displayed on the driver informa- tion display. 3. Emergency Brake Assist: if the vehicle speed is above 30 km/h, and the risk of collision increases, the brake assist will be enabled. If you do not apply enough force to the pedal, this function will in- crease braking. 4. Autonomous Emergency Braking (AEB): When the system detects a risk of colli- sion, there is no driver input, and the collision cannot be avoided by steering, the system will activate Autonomous Emergency Braking. Autonomous Emer- gency Braking can avoid collision or re- duce the speed of collision by applying maximum braking force. Working conditions of Autonomous Emer- gency Braking: ●If there are pedestrians and bicycles in front of the vehicle, the working speed of the Autonomous Emergency Braking is 4-90 km/h. ●If there are other vehicles and motor- cycles in front of the vehicle, the work- ing speed of the Autonomous Emergency Braking is 4-150 km/h. When using Front Collision Mitigation, please particularly pay attention to the following: ●The system will perform self-check when the vehicle is started, and the function will not be available at this stage. ●This function will not be activated when the driver does not wear the seat belt. Driving and parking 127

●No system can guarantee 100% normal

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 129 · Applies to: #1

operation under all circumstances. Autonomous Emergency Braking is an emergency safety feature, therefore, do not drive the vehicle towards people or objects for the purpose of testing the performance of Front Collision Warning/ Autonomous Emergency Brake. It may cause accidents and casualties. ●For drivers, Front Collision Mitigation is an aid. It is always the driver's responsi- bility to maintain a proper speed and keep a proper distance from the ve- hicles ahead. Do not wait for Front Colli- sion Warning to signal or Autonomous Emergency Braking to intervene. ●Front Collision Mitigation may not work in some driving conditions, traffic con- ditions, weather conditions or road conditions. ●Due to the limitation of sensor charac- teristics, the Front Collision Mitigation performs differently for targets identi- fied, which depends on the specific ve- hicle, scenarios and road conditions. Autonomous Emergency Braking does not guarantee collision avoidance in all scenarios. ˗ For targets that are stationary or moving slowly ahead, the system may not be able to intervene in time. ˗ When the vehicle's relative speed to the vehicle in front is too high, the system may not be able to intervene in time. ˗ On a curve/ramp, the system per- formance may be affected, and false trigger may occur due to the limita- tion of road conditions. ˗ When other vehicles cut into the front road of the vehicle quickly, or when the vehicle suddenly cuts into the rear road of other vehicles, the sys- tem may not respond in time. ˗ In some specific scenarios, such as metal manhole cover, billboard, speed bump, fence and other similar com- bined scenarios, the system may not accurately identify the corresponding target, and may misjudge and cause unnecessary alarm or braking. ˗ When the vehicle is driving on a slope, such as driving uphill or downhill in a underground parking lot, the function may be triggered by mistake. ˗ The system can't recognize retro- grade vehicles and can't respond in time. ●The function is disabled at low speeds. The system does not intervene to brake when the vehicle approaches another vehicle or a pedestrian ahead at a low speed. When the vehicle is reversing, Front Collision Mitigation system will not work. When the vehicle speed is lower than 4 km/h(3 mph), Autonomous Emer- gency Brake will not work. Detection objects The Front Collision Mitigation detects pe- destrians, cyclists and various vehicles (buses, trucks, passenger cars, etc.) mov- ing in front of your vehicle. When detecting pedestrians/cyclists, the Front Collision Mitigation needs to obtain the following exact information: pedes- trian's head, arms and shoulders, legs, upper and lower parts of the body, and normal movement patterns of pedestrians. Pedestrian/cyclist detection by the Front Collision Mitigation is a driver assistance function. It cannot detect: ●Pedestrians/cyclists who are partially obscured and who wear clothes not suitable for forming a clear image of their body outline. ●Pedestrians/cyclists who are not in strong contrast with the background. The warning or braking of the system will be delayed, or the system will not give warning or take braking at all. ●Pedestrians/cyclists carrying large objects. Limitations of false trigger of Front Collision Mitigation ●Bad weather, such as heavy rain, heavy fog, heavy snow and direct strong light. 128 Driving and parking

●False trigger may occur due to limita-

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 130 · Applies to: #1

tions of sensors. For example, as there are many pedestrians in the downtown area, the target may repeatedly enter and exit the driving trajectory of the ve- hicle, which leads to target misjudg- ment by the sensors, and triggers an alarm. Limitations of Front Collision Mitigation The Front Collision Mitigation works relying on cameras and radars. In some cases, the system function will be limited or de- graded, or will not intervene at all: ●Driving on wet roads: Wet road leads to a longer braking distance, which re- duces the anti-collision performance of Front Collision Mitigation. The braking performance of the vehicle under differ- ent road conditions is different, which will affect the performance of the Front Collision Mitigation system. ●Strong external lighting: Strong sun- light, reflections, and extreme light con- trasts may make it difficult for the driver to see visual warning signals, or may also affect the detection of cameras. ●High temperature in the passenger cab- in: If the passenger cabin has high tem- perature, the camera may be temporarily turned off and the system may not issue a warning. ●Low visibility in bad weather: Heavy snowfall, high blowing snow, rain, fog and dusty weather affect the wind- screen and front bumper and may re- duce system function. ●Limited view fields of cameras/radars: The view fields of cameras and radars are limited. In some cases such as when the camera is blocked or the environ- ment is dark, the system may take lon- ger than expected to detect other vehicles or pedestrians or completely fail to detect them. ●Driver initiative: If the driver turns/ac- celerates actively, the system may not respond or respond later than expected. Enabling/disabling Forward Collision Warning Enter the setting interface: ●Tap

Driver Assistance > Safety Forward Collision Warning to set the Forward Collision Warning to the Off, Near distance, Medium distance or Far distance mode. Front Cross Traffic Alert (FCTA) When driving forward out of a parking space or through an intersection with im- paired vision, Front Cross Traffic Alert alerts the driver to brake to reduce the risk of forward side impact. If the system detects the risk of front side collision, the driver information display will pop up a warning and make an audible alarm to remind the driver. The system is enabled only when the ve- hicle is moving forward at the speed of 4 - 15 km/h(3 - 10 mph) and the target vehicle at the speed of 10 - 60 km/h(7 - 38 mph). Driving and parking 129

NOTE Note the following when using

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 131 · Applies to: #1

Front Cross Traffic Alert ►Front Cross Traffic Alert is a driver assistance system, and it cannot al- ways works properly in all situations. In case of emergency, the driver should take over the vehicle in time. ►Although the vehicle is equipped with Front Cross Traffic Alert, always look around and make sure the sur- rounding is safe before passing through an intersection or other en- vironment where your visibility is blocked. ►Front Cross Traffic Alert is mainly aimed at crossing cars/SUVs, buses/ trucks and other vehicle types, and does not work in case of tricycles, vehicles with irregular appearance, pedestrians, cyclists and animals due to the limitation of recognition. ►The system performs differently for targets identified, which depends on the vehicle, scene, and road condition. ►If the turning corner and turning rate of the vehicle exceed the limits, the system functions will be limited. NOTE The use of Front Cross Traffic Alert may be affected when: ►Front Cross Traffic Alert performs self-check when starting, during which the function is not available. ►The system will not be enabled if the driver is not wearing a seat belt. ►During driving at a right-angle turn/ T-shaped intersection, if the turning speed of the opposite target vehicle is in the working range, Front Cross Traffic Alert may trigger a false alarm. Limitations of Front Cross Traffic Alert ●The limited drive assist system sensors will cause Front Cross Traffic Alert to work improperly. ●Severe weather conditions, such as heavy snow, heavy rain, and fog, may weaken the sensors or cause the sys- tem to temporarily stop working. ●The front angle radars can be interfered with by other radio devices or strong radar reflections. ●In some cases, the front angle radars may take longer than expected to de- tect other vehicles or completely fail to detect them. ●When a vehicle is driving on the wind- ing, narrow and steep roads or entering or exiting a tunnel, the front angle ra- dars may fail to detect forward vehicles or other obstacles. ●Never slam into the sensor or the sur- rounding area. ●The cracks/scratches or stone chips in the front bumper area before the front angle radars affect the front radar function. ●To make sure the sensors work nor- mally, the sensor area must be free from dust, ice, snow, or other dirt, and the area must be cleaned regularly. In the following cases when the two front angle radars are blocked by the surround- ing vehicles and obstacles, the system is unable to detect the oncoming vehicles in time. Blind spot (sensor view blocked) Detected area 130 Driving and parking

Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 132 · Applies to: #1

When you are reversing out of your park- ing space or garage, Rear Cross Traffic Alert alerts you of the vehicle in the rear to avoid collision if there is a risk of a side collision. If necessary, brake will be applied automatically. If the vehicle is shifted to reverse and the vehicle speed is 0 - 18 km/h(0 - 12 mph), Rear Cross Traffic Alert will be enabled. If the system detects the risk of rear side collision, the warning message will pop up on the central display and the warning mark on the outside rearview mirror will be lit, with an acoustic alarm, to remind the driver. Limitations of Rear Cross Traffic Alert: ●Restricted driver assistance system sensors may cause Rear Cross Traffic Alert to work improperly. ●Never install accessories, such as dec- als, in the rear angle radar surrounding areas. Otherwise, the working range of the sensors may be affected, thus caus- ing some driver assistance systems to fail. ●Severe weather conditions, such as heavy snow, heavy rain, and fog, may weaken the sensors or cause the sys- tem to temporarily stop working. ●The rear angle radars may be interfered by other radio devices or strong radar reflections. ●In some cases, the rear angle radars may take longer than expected to de- tect other vehicles or completely fail to detect them. ●When a vehicle is driving on the wind- ing, narrow and steep roads or entering or exiting a tunnel, the rear angle radars may fail to detect rear vehicles or other obstacles. ●Never slam into the sensor or the sur- rounding area. ●The cracks/scratches or stone chips in the rear bumper area behind the rear angle radars affect the rear angle radar function. ●To make sure the sensors work nor- mally, the sensor area must be free from dust, ice, snow, or other dirt, and the area must be cleaned regularly. ●This function does not work on station- ary or slow moving targets. ●The target is approaching too fast. NOTE Although the vehicle is equipped with Front Cross Traffic Alert, always look around and make sure the surrounding is safe before reversing. In the following cases when the rear angle radars on both sides are blocked by the surrounding vehicles and obstacles, Rear Cross Traffic Alert is unable to detect the oncoming vehicles in time. Blind spot (sensor view blocked) Detected area Enabling/disabling Rear Cross Traffic Alert Enter the setting interface: ●Tap

Driving Assistance > Safe- ty > Rear Cross Traffic Alert, and set the Rear Cross Traffic Alert. Driving and parking 131

Door Opening Warning (DOW)

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 133 · Applies to: #1

When the vehicle is stationary or runs at the speed lower than 3 km/h, DOW is en- abled (if already activated) to detect the traffic conditions on the side and rear. If a collision risk is detected when you open the door, the driver information display will show a corresponding prompt to warn the driver or passenger not to open the door to avoid collision. When the vehicle speed is higher than 5 km/h, the DOW is limited. Limitations of Door Opening Warning Door Opening Warning may not work prop- erly in some situations: ●For vehicles that move too fast. ●For small size of targets. ●For stationary or slow-moving targets. ●In bad weather like rain or snow. ●In sharp turns, downhill, narrow or wide lanes. ●For vehicles approaching or leaving quickly. When opening doors, pay attention to other road users to avoid collision risk. Detection objects Objects to be detected by Door Opening Warning: ●Motor vehicles ●Electric bikes, motorcycles ●Bicycle If Door Opening Warning detects the target and a collision risk when the door is open, the system will flash the outside rearview mirror indicator and issue a sound warn- ing, and the driver information display will show the corresponding object warning prompt. Never stick any object on the lens of the outside rearview mirror to avoid affecting the operation of Door Opening Warning. If Door Opening Warning failure or similar information is indicated on the driver information display, con- tact the smart Authorized Service Partner immediately. Otherwise, Door Opening Warning may not work normally. Enabling/disabling Door Opening Warning Enter the setting interface: ●Tap

Driving Assistance > Safe- ty > Door Open Warning to enable/dis- able Door Open Warning. 132 Driving and parking

Evasive Maneuver Assist (EMA) (if

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 134 · Applies to: #1

equipped) WARNING Possible risks caused by use of Evasive Maneuver Assist ►Evasive Maneuver Assist only pro- vides assistance, and it may not op- erate normally under some driving conditions, weather conditions, traf- fic conditions or road conditions. ►You are always responsible for driv- ing your vehicle safely and abiding all all relevant traffic laws and regulations. The system can help you mitigate the risk of collision when your vehicle is rapidly ap- proaching another one which is stationary or moving in the same direction. The system is activated only when: ●The system detects that the subject ve- hicle is about to collide with the forward vehicle. ●You turn the steering wheel to steer around the target vehicle. When the Evasive Maneuver Assist detects that the vehicle is about to collide and the driver turns the steering wheel to avoid collision, the Evasive Maneuver Assist will increase the steering force of the vehicle and assist the driver in collision avoidance; when the Evasive Maneuver Assist is acti- vated, the driver information display will remind the driver that the Evasive Maneu- ver Assist is active. NOTE Notes on Evasive Maneuver Assist ►The system does not automatically bypass the target vehicle. It will not activate if you do not turn the steer- ing wheel. ►It will not activate if you are too close to the vehicle ahead and the collision cannot be avoided. ►The Evasive Maneuver Assist is an emergency safety function, and it cannot avoid collision in all scenes. ►Do not test the Evasive Maneuver Assist on actual roads under guid- ance of non-professionals. Limitations of Evasive Maneuver Assist The functions of Evasive Maneuver Assist may be affected particularly in the follow- ing situations: ●When you are reversing, the system does not work. ●When the vehicle speed is below 50 km/ h or above 100 km/h. ●When the vehicle is connected with a trailer. ●When collision risk is detected in neigh- boring lanes. ●When there is a risk of vehicles crossing the kerb. ●When Electronic Stability Control fails, shuts down or interferes with the vehicle. ●The driver steps on the accelerator pedal deeply. ●The driver does not turn the steering wheel or turns the steering wheel too late. ●The Electronic Stability Control is turned off or subject to intervention. Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) Traffic Sign Recognition includes Speed Limit Information Function (SLIF), which ac- quires speed limit sign, prohibition sign and other road traffic sign information through cameras and map, and reminds Driving and parking 133

the driver of current road sign information

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 135 · Applies to: #1

in real time through the driver information display and head up display. If the vehicle exceeds the speed limit of the current road, the system will give an alarm to the driver to remind him or her of driving properly. Traffic Sign Recognition is designed to re- mind you of current road regulations and help you maintain a legal speed and ob- serve local traffic restrictions. Examples of recognizable traffic signs The above figure does not cover all traffic signs that can be recognized by the sys- tem. Traffic signs may vary from country to country. The system is not applicable for all situa- tions, only as a speed limit reminder. The driver must actively control the speed of the vehicle, and you are always responsi- ble for driving safely and obeying the traf- fic rules. The use of Traffic Sign Recognition may be affected in the following situations: ●A speed limit sign is not clear, distorted, tilted, non-standard, partially blocked, or covered. In this case, the camera identification capability deteriorates, resulting in misidentification or failure to identify. ●The map data is incorrect, not updated or inaccurate. In this case, the traffic sign information may not be displayed or displayed inaccurately. ●Signs that are not within standards or improperly located may cause misidentification. ●Intelligent Speed Assist/Traffic Sign Recognition is affected by the camera field of view, the relative position of the camera and the speed limit/traffic sign, which may misrecognise or fail to rec- ognize the speed limit/traffic sign. Traffic Sign Recognition has some limita- tions in some cases: ●Road signs are not above or on the side of vehicles. ●Traffic signs are irregular. ●Signs are fading. ●Signs are located on a curve. ●Signs are rotated or damaged. ●Signs tower over the highway. ●Signs are completely or partially ob- scured or in a relatively hidden position. ●Signs are completely or partially cov- ered by frost, snow and/or dust. Enabling/disabling Intelligent Speed Assist Enter the setting interface: ●Tap Driving AssistanceAssistance- Speed Limit Awareness Warning to set Intelligent Speed Assist to Off, Visual, or Visual & Audio, or tap / to set the Speed Warning sensitivity. Enabling/disabling Speed Warning Enter the setting interface: ●Tap

Driving Assistance > Assis- tance > Speed Warning to enable/dis- able Speed Warning, and drag the display bar to set the Speed Warning speed. Driver Monitoring System (DMS) The Driver Monitoring System camera is located on the steering column at the rear of the steering wheel. Driver Monitoring System is designed to detect the driver status through the driver status monitoring camera. If the driver is 134 Driving and parking

determined to be in fatigue driving or dis-

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 136 · Applies to: #1

tracted driving, the warning prompt will show on the driver information display, with the visual and audible alarms, to re- mind the driver and make sure driving safety. WARNING Risk of accident due to ignoring warnings from Driver Moni- toring System ►Driver Monitoring System is an aid, and it cannot intervene in driving operations. The driver is always re- sponsible for driving the vehicle safely. ►Never drive when tired. The driver must keep healthy and sober at all times. ►Never ignore warnings from Driver Monitoring System. If the system is- sues a warning of fatigue or dis- tracted driving, the driver should adjust his or her driving or stop to take a rest. When the system cannot detect the driver's full face, it could produce false alert or report system error, and emit a visual and audio signal. Adjust the steering wheel or the seat position to make sure the cam- era can be seen in the driving pos- ture and Driver Monitoring System can work properly. Driver fatigue warning When the system detects that the driver is in a state of fatigue, the red indicator on the driver information display flashes and a text message is displayed to remind the driver. Limitations of Driver Monitoring System The functions of the Driver Monitoring Sys- tem may be affected in the following situations: ●The Driver Monitoring System camera is blocked. ●The driver wears sunglasses, mask and other accessories that cover the face. ●Strong lighting reduces the camera detection. ●Driver Monitoring System is activated only when the speed exceeds 10 km/h(7 mph). ●People with special facial expressions (such as too small eye opening). ●The driver’s face is not monitored when the driver sits in a low position or the steering wheel is in a high position. The driver monitoring system does not record the user data such as face information, voice and image. Enabling/disabling Driver Monitoring System Enter the setting interface: ●Tap

Vehicle Settings > Driving > Driver Exhaustion Alert to enable/dis- able Driver Monitoring System (→Page 152). If the driver monitoring switch is turned off, the Driver Monitoring System will be automatically enabled on the next trip. When the driver monitoring switch is turned off, only the driver fatigue reminder and distracted driving re- minder functions are turned off. Driving and parking 135

Driver information display

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 137 · Applies to: #1

Notes on the driver information display WARNING Risk of accident caused by driver information display failure If the driver information display fails, you may not recognize the functional limitations of safety related systems. The operating safety of the vehicle may be affected. ►Drive carefully. ►Park the vehicle as soon as possible and contact a smart Authorized Service Partner. WARNING Risk of interference caused by information system and communication equipment You may be distracted if you operate the integrated information and commu- nication equipment while driving. You could lose control of the vehicle. ►Pay attention to the road and traffic conditions, stop the vehicle safely, and then operate the equipment. Overview of the driver information display During driving, the driver information display shows Power meter/energy regenerative meter Current vehicle speed Information display area: driver assis- tance information/general alarm pop- up window/charging information/drive mode switch Outside temperature Information display area: trip com- puter/media information/call informa- tion/navigation information/general alarm pop-up window Gear position Drive mode High voltage battery state of charge Distance to empty During charging/discharging, the driver information display shows Current charged percentage Vehicle charging animation Charging display area: charging time/ current charging amperage and volt- age/exterior charging and discharging connection Gear position Door opening status Distance to empty When charging/discharging the vehicle, the battery status can be checked on the driver information display. Door opening status display When the vehicle is in park /drive /reverse , if any of the doors, the 136 Driver display

bonnet, the liftgate or the charging port

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 138 · Applies to: #1

cover is opened, the door status indicator will display in red, and an alarm will sound to remind the driver of the status of the corresponding door. When charging/discharging the vehicle, if any of the doors, the bonnet, the liftgate or the charging port cover is opened, the indicator on the driver information display illuminates to remind the driver of the sta- tus of the corresponding door. When a tyre pressure warning is on, the driver information display shows When the wheel pressure is abnormal, the driver information display shows that the tyre pressure is abnormal to remind the driver to pay attention. Operating the driver information display When operating the driver information dis- play, observe the legal requirements of the country or region in which you are driving. Adjustment button Adjustment button Trip button Setting button The contents of the driver information dis- play are controlled by the buttons on the right side of the steering wheel. Use and to select the menus. The menu can be called up from the menu bar on the driver information display and the available menus are as follows: Trip information ●To open the trip information: press briefly. ●To close the trip information: press briefly. ●To switch trip information: when the trip information is opened, press and briefly to select the trip information. ●To reset the trip information: press and hold to reset the trip information. Phone ●When there is an incoming call, press briefly to answer the call. ●When there is an incoming call, press briefly to reject the call. Switch ●Press and briefly to switch media. Message ●Select a message: when a message is received, press and briefly to se- lect a message. Driver display 137

●Clear a message: when a message is re-

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 139 · Applies to: #1

ceived, short press to clear the message. Warning lamps and indicator lamps Indicator and warning lamp icons indicate different functions and faults. Some warn- ing and indicator lamp icons appear with message displays and/or audible signals. After the vehicle is started, the system conducts a self-check, and some warning lamp icons illuminate for a few seconds and then go out. During driving, if a warning lamp keeps il- luminating, park the vehicle in a safe area and contact a smart Authorized Service Partner. Low beam indicator lamp: when the low beam is turned on, the indicator lamp illuminates. Low beam fault indicator lamp: when the low beam is malfunctioning, the warning lamp illuminates. High beam indicator lamp: when the high beam is turned on, the indicator lamp illuminates. High beam fault indicator lamp: when the high beam is malfunctioning, the warning lamp illuminates. Adaptive High Beam indicator lamp: when Adaptive High Beam is in the ready mode, the grey indicator lamp illumi- nates; when Adaptive High Beam is en- abled, the blue indicator lamp illuminates; when Adaptive High Beam is malfunction- ing, the yellow indicator lamp illuminates. Automatic High Beam indicator lamp: when Automatic High Beam is turned on, the grey indicator lamp illuminates; when Automatic High Beam is malfunction- ing, the yellow warning lamp illuminates. Rear fog lamp indicator lamp: when the rear fog lamps are turned on, the indicator lamp illuminates. Position lamp indicator lamp: when the position lamps are turned on, the indicator lamp illuminates. Power system fault indicator lamp: when the power system components are malfunctioning, the warning lamp illu- minates. In case of the situations above during normal driving, park the vehicle in a safe area and contact a smart Authorized Service Partner. It could be dangerous to continue driving the vehicle. Electrical power assist steering (EPAS) - speed proportional fault indicator lamp: when the EPAS performance de- creases/power assist degraded, the yellow warning lamp illuminates; when the EPAS cannot provide any steering assist, the red warning lamp illuminates. In case of the situations above during normal driving, park the vehicle in a safe area and contact a smart Authorized Service Partner. It could be dangerous to continue driving the vehicle. Airbag fault indicator lamp: when airbags or seat belt pretensioners are mal- functioning, the warning lamp illuminates. In case of the situations above during 138 Driver display

normal driving, park the vehicle in a safe

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 140 · Applies to: #1

area and contact a smart Authorized Serv- ice Partner. It could be dangerous to con- tinue driving the vehicle. Trailer module fault indicator lamp: when the trailer module is malfunc- tioning, the warning lamp illuminates. Turning signal light in- dicator lamp: when the turning signal lights are on, the corresponding indicator lamp flashes. When the hazard warning lights are turned on, the turning signal light indicator lamps on both sides flash. Adaptive front illumination sys- tem fault indicator lamp: when the adap- tive front illumination system is malfunctioning, the warning lamp illuminates. Temperature indicator: displays the ambient temperature. Electric parking brake indicator lamp: when the electric parking brake is applied, the indicator lamp illuminates. Ready indicator lamp: when the vehicle can run normally, the indicator lamp illuminates. Speed Limiting indicator lamp: when Speed Limiting is in the ready mode, the grey/white indicator lamp illuminates; when Speed Limiting is enabled, the green indicator lamp illuminates; when Speed Limiting is surpassed, the yellow warning lamp illuminates. Adaptive Cruise Control indicator lamp: when Adaptive Cruise Control is in the ready mode, the grey/white indicator lamp illuminates; when Adaptive Cruise Control is enabled, the green indicator lamp illuminates; when Adaptive Cruise Control is malfunctioning, the grey warning lamp illuminates. smart Pilot Assist indicator lamp: when smart Pilot Assist is in the ready mode, the grey/white indicator illuminates; when smart Pilot Assist is enabled, green indicator lamp illuminates; when the steer- ing control is not enabled, the steering wheel portion is in yellow, showing that steering control cannot be provided; when it is malfunctioning, the grey warning lamp illuminates. Power limited indicator lamp: when the vehicle power is limited, the indi- cator lamp illuminates. Anti-lock Brake System fault in- dicator lamp: if the warning lamp illumi- nates when the vehicle is powered on or during a journey, Anti-lock Brake System could be malfunctioning. In case of the sit- uations above during normal driving, park the vehicle in a safe area and contact a smart Authorized Service Partner. It could be dangerous to continue driving the vehicle. Abnormal tyre pressure warning lamp: when the tyre pressure is too low, the warning lamp illuminates, and the rele- vant warning information is shown on the driver information display. If the active Driver display 139

tyre pressure monitoring system is mal-

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 141 · Applies to: #1

functioning, the indicator lamp flashes for a period of time, and then remains on. Con- tact a smart Authorized Service Partner for inspection. Brake system faulty indicator lamp: when the system detects that the brake performance decreased and braking distance extended, the yellow warning lamp illuminates; when the system detects that the brake system is malfunctioning, the red warning lamp illuminates. In case of the situations above during normal driv- ing, immediately park the vehicle in a safe area and contact a smart Authorized Serv- ice Partner. It could be dangerous to con- tinue driving the vehicle. High voltage battery low indica- tor lamp: when the high voltage battery is low, the indicator lamp illuminates. s-Pedal indicator lamp: when the s-Pedal mode is not activated, the grey in- dicator lamp illuminates; after activation, the blue indicator lamp illuminates. Electronic Stability Control off indicator lamp: when Electronic Stability Control is off, the indicator lamp illuminates. Electronic Stability Control sys- tem fault indicator lamp: when Electronic Stability Control is malfunctioning, the warning lamp illuminates. In case of the situations above during normal driving, park the vehicle in a safe area and contact a smart Authorized Service Partner. It could be dangerous to continue driving the vehicle. When Electronic Stability Con- trol intervenes, the warning lamp flashes. Driver Monitoring System indica- tor lamp: when level 1/2 fatigue is de- tected, the red coffee cup lamp flashes; when the sensor or the driver's face is blocked, the yellow indicator lamp illuminates. Lane Keeping Assist fault indica- tor lamp: when Lane Keeping Assist is mal- functioning, the warning lamp illuminates. Lane Keeping Assist or Lane De- parture Warning off indicator lamp: when Lane Keeping Assist or Lane Departure Warning is disabled, the indicator lamp illuminates. Rear Cross Traffic Alert/Rear Col- lision Mitigation/Door Opening Warning/ Lane Change Assist indicator lamp: when the functions are enabled, the green indi- cator lamp illuminates; when the functions are malfunctioning, the red warning lamp illuminates. Hill Descent Control indicator lamp: when Hill Descent Control is in the ready mode, the grey/white indicator lamp illuminates; when Hill Descent Control is activated, the green indicator lamp illumi- nates; when Hill Descent Control is mal- functioning, the yellow warning lamp illuminates. Front Collision Mitigation fault warning lamp: when Front Collision Mitiga- tion is malfunctioning, the warning lamp il- luminates. In case of the situations above during normal driving, park the vehicle in a safe area and contact a smart Authorized 140 Driver display

Service Partner. It could be dangerous to

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 142 · Applies to: #1

continue driving the vehicle. External charging gun connec- tion warning lamp: when the charging gun is connected, the warning lamp comes on. Seat belt reminder warning lamp: when the system detects that the seat belt is not fastened, the warning lamp illu- minates. Fasten seat belt correctly to avoid personal injury in case of accident or emergency braking. If the warning lamp remains on after fastening the seat belt correctly, contact a smart Authorized Service Partner for inspection immediately. Autohold indicator lamp: when Autohold is enabled, the indicator lamp illuminates. 12 V Battery Low indicator lamp: if the warning lamp illuminates after the vehicle is powered on, the charging system may be malfunctioning. In case of the sit- uations above during normal driving, park the vehicle in a safe area and contact a smart Authorized Service Partner for inspection. ISA fault indicator lamp: when In- telligent Speed Assist is malfunctioning, the warning lamp illuminates. Head-up display Notes on the head-up display Gently wipe the head-up display projector area with a clean and dry microfibre cloth. If necessary, soak the microfibre cloth slightly. NOTE ►Avoid liquid entering the head-up display projector area. It may cause electrical failure. ►Never place any objects or stickers in the head-up display projector area or windscreen projection area. Otherwise, the head-up display may not work normally. ►Never touch the head-up display projector or throw sharp edged ob- jects or similar objects to it. Other- wise, the head-up display may be damaged. The vehicle with head-up display is equipped with a special type of windscreen. The correct type of windscreen must be installed to meet the requirements of image projection. Overview of the head-up display Head-up display projects image informa- tion on the windscreen in front of the driver. Head-up display projection area Head-up display projection area When the driver assistance system and navigation are not enabled, the head-up display only shows the vehicle speed. Driver display 141

Display the current vehicle speed

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 143 · Applies to: #1

Display that drive assist is enabled Display drive assist and navigation information When there is a serious warning for the driver assistance system, no other infor- mation is displayed on the head-up display. Enabling/disabling the head-up display Enter the shortcut interface: ●Swipe downward on the centre display or tap

to turn on/off the head-up display. Enter the setting interface: ●Tap Quick Controls > to turn on/off the head-up display. ●Tap General > Display > Head-up display to turn on/off the head-up display. Enabling/disabling the snow mode Enter the setting interface: ●Tap General > Display > Snow mode to turn on/off the snow mode. When the snow mode is enabled, the color of information displayed on the head-up display changes, which is convenient to view in the snow environment. Adjusting the head-up display WARNING ►Before driving, make sure the posi- tion and brightness of the image projection of the head-up display do not hinder driving safety. Incorrectly adjusting the image position or brightness may hinder the driver's vision and cause accidents, resulting in personal injury and death. ►Never keep looking at the image projection of the head-up display during the journey. Otherwise, you may not see pedestrians and objects on the road in front of the vehicle. NOTE ►When you wear polarized sunglasses, you may not see the image projec- tion of the head-up display clearly. Adjust the brightness of head-up display or remove the sunglasses. ►You can enable/disable the snow mode on the centre display when driving in snow or the road reflection is serious. Enter the setting interface: ●Tap Quick Controls > Head-up Display to enter the adjustment interface. Brightness and height adjustment ●Brightness adjustment: after the ad- justment function is turned on, the ad- justment information can be checked on the imaging projected by the head-up display; press and hold / on the right side of the steering wheel to adjust the head-up display brightness. ●Height adjustment: after the adjust- ment function is turned on, the adjust- ment information can be checked on the imaging projected by the head-up display; press and hold / on the right side of the steering wheel to adjust the head-up display height. 142 Driver display

After adjusting, tap Save to complete the

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 144 · Applies to: #1

adjustment. If the previous setting is needed, tap Recover. Angle adjustment ●Angle adjustment: after the adjustment function is turned on, the adjustment information can be checked on the imaging projected by the head-up display; press and hold / on the right side of the steering wheel to adjust the head-up display tilting angle. After adjusting, tap Save to complete the adjustment. If the previous setting is needed, tap Recover. If readjustment is needed, tap Reset. Driver display 143

Overview and operation

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 145 · Applies to: #1

Notes on operating the centre display WARNING Risk of interference caused by the centre display You may be distracted if you operate the integrated information and commu- nication equipment while driving. You could lose control of the vehicle. ►Note the road and traffic conditions, stop the vehicle safely, and then op- erate the centre display. You must comply with local laws and regu- lations for operating the centre display. Depending on the model configura- tion and market, the actual equip- ment of your vehicle may be different from the descriptions and illustrations. Refer to the actual vehicle. On right-hand drive vehicles, the layout of centre display is similar to the left-hand drive vehicles, but some interfaces are mirrored. The specific details are subject to the vehicle delivered. NOTE Rise of surface temperature due to direct sunlight on the centre display If the display is exposed to direct sun- light, its surface will become very hot. ►If the centre display has been ex- posed to direct sunlight and its sur- face is dark, pay attention to the temperature of the centre display before touching it. If you wear polarized sunglasses, it may be difficult to read the informa- tion on the centre display. Firm containing metallic substances could block radio signals. Do not ap- ply firm containing metallic substan- ces to the windscreen, otherwise system operation could be affected. Overview of the centre display When operating the centre display, ob- serve the local laws and regulations. Centre display switches. Centre display with touch function. Centre display switches: Press briefly to enter the centre display screen saver, press briefly again to exit the centre display screen saver; press and hold for 8 seconds or more to restart the centre display Climate control AUTO switch Windscreen maximum defrosting on/off switch Hazard warning light on/off switch Rear windscreen and outside rearview mirror defrosting on/off switch Drive mode switch button Turning on/off the quick setting interface By operating on the centre display, you can control settings such as the multimedia, certain vehicle functions and climate control. 144 Centre display

Shortcut bar: tap

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 146 · Applies to: #1

main interface/ application interface/ navi- gation/ multimedia/ Park As- sist 360 Camera to enter the corresponding function. Custom bar: slide the cards upward or downward to adjust the displayed in- formation (phone/multimedia/vehicle information) as needed. Message notification: swipe downward on the centre display or tap but- ton to enter the shortcut interface to view notification messages. Status bar: tap this area to enable/dis- able vehicle door lock/ Blue- tooth/ network connection signal/ time/ personal centre. This area also displays the icon of the vehi- cle's corresponding function. Volume control: tap volume con- trol to adjust multimedia/navigation/ voice assistant/phone/announcement volume. Setting: tap to enter the setting interface. Climate control bar: operate the climate control bar to control the correspond- ing climate control function. Main interface: the main interface may contain: multimedia/earth model/navi- gation/weather/drive mode. Tap the lit- tle fox avatar for interaction, and double-tap it to wake up the Voice Assistant. Task manager: when one or more applica- tions are opened, double tap to enter the task manager, and drag the application upward or tap Delete to release memory. When the corresponding function of the vehicle is enabled, the status bar displays the following icons: ● Wireless charging ● WiFi ● USB Shortcut interface Swipe the centre display downward or tap to enter the shortcut interface. You can swipe up on the shortcut interface depending on the number of functions. The functions on the shortcut interface can be enabled by tapping their icons, and in this interface, a function is enabled/dis- abled by tapping the relevant function button. When tapped, some functions (triggered) pop up in new windows. Swipe upward the centre display or tap the blank area of the centre display to go back to the previous interface. Application interface Swipe leftward on the centre display or tap to access the application inter- face, where downloaded applications (third-party applications) and embedded applications can be found, such as Multimedia. Tap the application to open it, which opens in the subinterface to which it belongs, such as Call. According to the number of applications, swipe leftward on the centre display in the application interface. For some applica- tions, you can press and hold them, and then drag them or tap to delete them. Tap to go back to the main interface again. Centre display 145

Overview of the steering wheel buttons

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 147 · Applies to: #1

When operating the steering wheel but- tons, observe the local laws and regulations. Control panel: Speed adjustment: press it to in- crease the speed by an increment of 1 km/h, press and hold it to increase the speed by an increment of 5 km/h; press and hold it to continuously adjust the speed, and release it to stop adjustment. Speed adjustment: press it to in- crease the speed by a decrement of 1 km/h, press and hold it to increase the speed by a decrement of 5 km/h; press and hold it to continuously adjust the speed, and release it to stop adjustment. Function selection. Function selection. Resume function: activate the last selected driver assistance function. Automatic Parking Assist. Disable: disable Adaptive Cruise Control/Speed Limiting/Highway Assist. Enable: enable Adaptive Cruise Control/Speed Limiting/Highway Assist. Mute multimedia. Voice control button: press briefly to enable/disable voice input; press and hold to connect CarPlay. Control panel: Adjustment button: press briefly to increase the volume, or adjust the head-up display and rearview mirrors; press and hold to adjust continuously, release to stop. Adjustment button: press briefly to decrease the volume, or adjust the head-up display and rearview mirrors; press and hold to adjust continuously, release to stop. Adjustment button: press briefly to pick up phone/switch media/confirm message/switch trip information/ad- just the head-up display or rearview mirrors; press and hold to adjust the head-up display or rearview mirrors continuously, release to stop. Adjustment button: press briefly to pick up phone/switch media/deny message/switch trip information/ad- just the head-up display or rearview mirrors; press and hold to adjust the head-up display or rearview mirrors continuously, release to stop. Setting button: press briefly to pause or play music/turn off message, confirm selection. Trip button: press briefly to display or hide trip information; press and hold to reset trip information. Shortcut interface Shortcut interface WARNING Risk of interference caused by the centre display You may be distracted if you operate the integrated information and commu- nication equipment while driving. You could lose control of the vehicle. ►Note the road and traffic conditions, stop the vehicle safely, and then op- erate the centre display. Enter the shortcut interface: ●Swipe downward on the centre display or tap to enter the shortcut interface. 146 Centre display

Function area

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 148 · Applies to: #1

Function area icon edit button Message area Mode selection area Ambient lighting theme selection area Function area Swipe downward on the centre display or tap to enter the shortcut interface. The left side of the shortcut interface is the function area, which allows for the fol- lowing operations: ●Unfold/fold rearview mirror: tap to unfold/fold the rearview mirrors. ●Parking sensors: tap to turn on/off the parking sensors. ●Close all windows: tap to close all the windows fully. ●Open all windows: tap to open all the windows fully. ●Ventilate: tap to open all the win- dows for ventilation. ●Head-up display: tap to turn on/ off the head-up display. ●Reading light: tap to turn on/off the reading lights. ●Power Off: tap to power off the vehicle. ●Courtesy light: tap to turn on/off the courtesy light. ●Driver monitoring: tap to turn on/ off the Driver Monitoring System. ●Screen Cleaning: tap to turn on/off the Screen Cleaning function. Press and hold the icon or tap the edit button in the upper right corner of the centre display to enable the editing function, and the user can customize the icon layout, delete icons, or add icons. Message area Swipe downward on the centre display or tap to enter the shortcut interface. The upper right of the shortcut interface is the message area, you can view the cur- rent message and historical messages, swipe the current message to the right, and tap to delete the message notification. Mode selection area Swipe downward on the centre display or tap to enter the shortcut interface. The right centre of the shortcut interface is the mode selection area, tap to se- lect the mode. Rest mode Rest mode: tap "On" to turn on the rest mode. The user can set the alarm clock as needed. To turn off the rest mode, swipe downward on the centre display or tap to enter the shortcut interface, and tap "Off". When the rest mode is turned on, the sys- tem will set the climate control to the AU- TO mode, while roll up the windows, close the sun shield, and turn off the reading lights at the same time. Energise mode Energise mode: tap "On" to turn on the Energise mode. If you need to disable the Energise mode, swipe downward on the centre display or tap to enter the shortcut interface, and tap Off or wait for 180 seconds. After the energise mode is enabled, the system will turn on the climate control, seat ventilation (if equipped), ambient lights, music, fragrance (if equipped) for you. Entertainment mode Entertainment mode: set the parking time, tap On to enable the parking comfort Centre display 147

mode, or set the Entertainment mode to

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 149 · Applies to: #1

normally on. To exit the Entertainment mode, swipe downward on the centre display or tap to enter the shortcut interface and then tap "Off", or wait for the set time ex- pires, so the entertainment mode will be turned off automatically. After the parking comfort mode is turned on, the vehicle will continue to consume electricity. The traction battery will automatically turn off when the battery SOC drops to 20%. After the entertainment mode is enabled, the system will maintain functions such as the climate control and centre display entertainment. ECO+ mode ECO+ mode: tap "On" to turn on the ECO+ mode. If you need to disable the ECO+ mode, swipe downward on the centre display or tap to enter the shortcut interface, and tap “Off”. After the ECO+ mode is turned on, the sys- tem will turn off the climate control, ambi- ent light and seat ventilation, and set the drive mode to ECO. Pet mode Pet mode: tap "On" to turn on the Pet mode. If you need to disable the Pet mode, swipe downward on the centre display or tap to enter the shortcut interface, and tap Off. After the Pet mode is turned on, the sys- tem will adjust the inside temperature and switch the centre display to the screen saver mode to prevent pets from touching by mistake. Ambient lighting theme selection area Swipe downward on the centre display or tap to enter the shortcut interface. The lower right of the shortcut interface is the ambient light theme selection area, and the user can select the corresponding ambient light theme according to preference. Setting interface Overview of the setting interface WARNING Risk of interference caused by the centre display You may be distracted if you operate the integrated information and commu- nication equipment while driving. You could lose control of the vehicle. ►Note the road and traffic conditions, stop the vehicle safely, and then op- erate the centre display. Enter the setting interface: ●In the main interface, tap to enter the setting interface. ●Swipe leftward from the right on the centre display or tap to enter the application interface, and tap to enter the setting interface. Function selection area: ●Quick Controls: open/close windows, adjust rearview mirrors and liftgate, etc. ●Ambient light: set interior ambient light. ●Car lights: turn on/off rear fog lights, reading lights, ambient lights, etc. ●General: set sound, alarm tone, date, screen brightness, link, etc. ●Driver assistance: set the driver assis- tance of the vehicle. 148 Centre display

●Vehicle setting: set the drive mode, ve-

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 150 · Applies to: #1

hicle control, comfort and other functions. ●Vehicle condition: view the vehicle in- formation, front wiper maintenance mode and tyre condition. ●System: view the vehicle version infor- mation, notifications and privacy, unit and other functions. Function operation area Quick controls WARNING Risk of interference caused by the centre display You may be distracted if you operate the integrated information and commu- nication equipment while driving. You could lose control of the vehicle. ►Note the road and traffic conditions, stop the vehicle safely, and then op- erate the centre display. Enter the setting interface: ●In the main interface, tap to enter the setting interface. ●Swipe leftward from the right on the centre display or tap to enter the application interface, and tap to enter the setting interface. The following operations can be performed on the quick controls interface: ●Energy recovery: the user can select the energy regenerative braking level according to needs. ●Steering wheel assistance: the user can set Automatic, Gentle, Comfortable and Stable as needed. ●Liftgate ˗ Opening the liftgate: tap to open the liftgate. ˗ Closing the liftgate: tap to close the liftgate. ˗ Preset the liftgate opening height: tap to set the liftgate opening height (1, 2, 3, 4, and 5) as required. ●Enabling/disabling the child safety lock: tap the child safety lock , and tap the left child safety lock/right child safety lock to enable/disable the child safety lock. ●Unfold/fold rearview mirror: tap to unfold/fold the rearview mirrors. ●Lock rear windows: tap to turn on/ off rear window lock. ●Adjusting the rearview mirror: tap , select Left or Right, and use the but- tons , , and on the right side of the steering wheel to make adjustments. ●Opening and closing the sun shield: tap , and tap (Close, 25%, 50%, 75%, Open) or slide on the touch area of the sun shield on the centre display to ad- just the sun shield. ●Adjust the head-up display: tap to turn on/off the head-up display. Brightness and height adjustment: tap Brightness and Height Adjustment, and use the buttons and on the right side of the steering wheel to ad- just the brightness, and the buttons and to adjust the height. Angle adjustment: tap Angle and use the buttons and on the right side of the steering wheel to adjust the angle. ●Adjusting the passenger's seat: tap , select the seat cushion or seat back and make adjustment. Ambient light WARNING Risk of interference caused by the centre display You may be distracted if you operate the integrated information and commu- nication equipment while driving. You could lose control of the vehicle. ►Note the road and traffic conditions, stop the vehicle safely, and then op- erate the centre display. Enter the setting interface: Centre display 149

●In the main interface, tap

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 151 · Applies to: #1

to enter the setting interface. ●Swipe leftward from the right on the centre display or tap to enter the application interface, and tap to enter the setting interface. Ambient light is used to ensure that the interior of the car is not too dark during driving, and also to create a pleasant driv- ing environment. ●Turn on/off ambient light: tap to turn on/off the ambient light. ●Customize ambient light: tap Custom to customize the colour of ambient light (single, dual, and theme) as desired. When the dual-color mode is set and the color interaction function is turned on, the dual-color area of the ambient light interactively changes the light color according to the design. ●Drive mode: tap Driving Mode, and the ambient light will change colour in dif- ferent drive modes. ●Brightness: drag the brightness bar to adjust the brightness of the ambient light. ●Ambient light setting: tap to set the ambient light by turning on/off the courtesy ambient light, voice interac- tion ambient light, climate control ambi- ent light and range reminder ambient light. Lights WARNING Risk of interference caused by the centre display You may be distracted if you operate the integrated information and commu- nication equipment while driving. You could lose control of the vehicle. ►Note the road and traffic conditions, stop the vehicle safely, and then op- erate the centre display. Enter the setting interface: ●In the main interface, tap to enter the setting interface. ●Swipe leftward from the right on the centre display or tap to enter the application interface, and tap to enter the setting interface. ●Adaptive front illumination system: tap to turn on/off the adaptive front il- lumination system. ●Rear fog lamp: tap to turn on/off the rear fog lamps. ●Star mode: tap Star Mode to turn on/off the star mode. ●Reading light: tap Reading Light to turn on/off the reading lights. ●Environment light Follow me home: the user can set the headlamp off delay time to Off, 30 s, 60 s, and 90 s according to need. Approach lighting: tap Approach Light- ing to turn on/off the approach lighting. Courtesy lighting: tap Courtesy Lighting to turn on/off the courtesy lighting. General WARNING Risk of interference caused by the centre display You may be distracted if you operate the integrated information and commu- nication equipment while driving. You could lose control of the vehicle. ►Note the road and traffic conditions, stop the vehicle safely, and then op- erate the centre display. Enter the setting interface: ●In the main interface, tap to enter the setting interface. ●Swipe leftward from the right on the centre display or tap to enter the application interface, and tap to enter the setting interface. Sound Sound effect adjustment: select Beats or Classic. 150 Centre display

Treble/alto/bass: tap Treble/Alto/Bass to

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 152 · Applies to: #1

drag the display bar for adjustment. Global volume: tap Global Volume to adjust the volume of media, navigation, voice as- sistant, phone, and announcement. Simulated sound: select Off, smart Original, or Classic. Speed based volume adjustment: tap Off, Low, Medium, or High to adjust the volume. Alert sound volume: tap Off, Low, Medium, or High to adjust the alert sound volume. Touch tone: tap Touch Tone to turn on/off the touch tone. Driving mode sound: tap Driving Mode Sound to turn on/off the driving mode sound. Navigation volume mixer: set to Automatic Mixing or Direct Mixing. Display Day/night mode: tap Auto Brightness, Day, or Night to select the day/night mode. Instrument and key backlight: drag the display bar to adjust the brightness of in- struments and key backlight. Centre display brightness: tap Auto or drag the display bar to adjust the centre display brightness. Display priority: tap Prioritize Navigation or Prioritize Music to choose from prioritizing navigation or music display. Screen cleaning: tap Screen Cleaning and the centre display enters the screen cleaning mode to facilitate screen clean up. Press and hold the exit button for 3 seconds to exit the screen cleaning mode. Head-up display: tap Head-up Display to turn on/off the head-up display. Screen cleaning: tap Screen Cleaning to turn on/off the Screen cleaning function. Snow mode: tap Snow Mode to turn on/off the snow mode, and the head-up display will be in yellow after the snow mode is turned on. Connection Wireless charging: tap Wireless Charging to turn on/off the wireless charging. Bluetooth: tap Bluetooth to turn on/off Bluetooth, set the Bluetooth name, view the connected Bluetooth devices and the Bluetooth devices found by the system, delete Bluetooth devices, and re-select the Bluetooth devices you want to connect. Wi-Fi: tap Wi-Fi to turn on/off Wi-Fi, view the connected networks, the networks found by the system, and re-select the networks you want to connect. Driving assistance WARNING Risk of interference caused by the centre display You may be distracted if you operate the integrated information and commu- nication equipment while driving. You could lose control of the vehicle. ►Note the road and traffic conditions, stop the vehicle safely, and then op- erate the centre display. Enter the setting interface: ●In the main interface, tap to enter the setting interface. ●Swipe leftward from the right on the centre display or tap to enter the application interface, and tap to enter the setting interface. Safety features Forward Collision Warning: tap Off, Low, Medium and High to set the level of For- ward Collision Warning. Rear Collision Mitigation (RCM): tap Rear Collision Mitigation to enable/disable Rear Collision Mitigation. Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA): tap Rear Cross Traffic Alert to set the Rear Cross Traffic Alert. Door Opening Warning: tap Door Opening Warning to enable/disable Door Opening Warning. Lane Departure Warning: tap Off, Vibrate, Beep to set the warning mode. Lane Keeping Assist: tap Lane Keeping As- sist to turn on/off the Lane Keeping Assist. Centre display 151

Parking Emergency Braking: tap Parking

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 153 · Applies to: #1

Emergency Braking to turn on/off the Parking Emergency Braking. Assists Lane Change Collision Warning Beep: tap Off, Warning Light, Warning Light and Beep to set the warning mode. Automated Lane Change Assist: tap Auto- mated Lane Change Assist to turn on/off the Automated Lane Change Assist. Automatic Speed Adjustment: tap Auto- matic Speed Adjustment to turn on/off the Automatic Speed Adjustment. Speed Limit Awareness Warning: tap No Alarm, Flash, Flash and Beep to set the warning mode, and tap and to set the sensitivity of Speed Warning. Speed Warning: tap Speed Warning to turn on/off manual setting of speed limit of Speed Warning, and drag the display bar to adjust the speed limit. Vehicle settings WARNING Risk of interference caused by the centre display You may be distracted if you operate the integrated information and commu- nication equipment while driving. You could lose control of the vehicle. ►Note the road and traffic conditions, stop the vehicle safely, and then op- erate the centre display. Enter the setting interface: ●In the main interface, tap to enter the setting interface. ●Swipe leftward from the right on the centre display or tap to enter the application interface, and tap to enter the setting interface. Driving Driver Monitoring System: tap Driver Ex- haustion Alert to turn on/off. Steering Wheel Re-centreing: tap Steering Wheel Re-centreing to turn on/off. ESC off: tap ESC off to turn on/off Elec- tronic Stability Control. Towing mode: tap Towing Mode to view the operation steps. Vehicle control Find My Car: tap Horn + Flash and Flash On- ly to set Find My Car. Easy Entry/Exit: tap Easy Entry/Exit to turn on/off. Lock the car and automatically close the windows and sunshades: tap Lock the Car and Automatically Close the Windows and Sunshades to turn on/off the lock the car and automatically close the windows and sunshades. Automatic fold exterior mirrors when lock- ing car: tap Automatic Fold Exterior Mirrors When Locking Car to turn on/off. Angle down driver-side exterior mirror when reversing: tap Angle Down Driver- side Exterior Mirror When Reversing to turn on/off. Angle down passenger-side exterior mirror when reversing: tap Angle Down Passen- ger-side Exterior Mirror When Reversing to turn on/off. When reversing, rear wiper turned off: tap When Reversing, Rear Wiper Turned Off to turn on/off. Approach to Unlock/Walk Away to Lock: tap Approach to Unlock/Walk Away to Lock to turn on/off. Double Click Unlock: tap Double Click Un- lock to turn on/off. Double lock: tap "Temporarily Remove Alert" to temporarily turn off the double lock. Touch to Unlock: tap One Side or All Doors to set Touch to Unlock. Unlock the vehicle at P gear: tap Unlock the Vehicle at P Gear to turn on/off. Lock sound: tap Lock Sound to turn on/off. Power off: tap Power Off to switch the ve- hicle power off. 152 Centre display

Comfort

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 154 · Applies to: #1

Driver Seat Ventilation: tap 5 Minutes, 15 Minutes, 30 Minutes and Constant to set the ventilation time of the driver's seat. Passenger Seat Ventilation: tap 5 Minutes, 15 Minutes, 30 Minutes and Constant to set the ventilation time of the passenger's seat. Vehicle condition WARNING Risk of interference caused by the centre display You may be distracted if you operate the integrated information and commu- nication equipment while driving. You could lose control of the vehicle. ►Note the road and traffic conditions, stop the vehicle safely, and then op- erate the centre display. Enter the setting interface: ●In the main interface, tap to enter the setting interface. ●Swipe leftward from the right on the centre display or tap to enter the application interface, and tap to enter the setting interface. Vehicle information License plate number: tap License Plate Number to set the license plate number. Vehicle information: ●Vehicle identification number (VIN) ●Motor serial number ●Remaining mileage and time before maintenance Front wiper maintenance mode: tap Front Wiper Maintenance Mode to enable/disable the front wiper maintenance mode. Tyre condition Tap Refresh to check the tyre condition: tyre pressure, tyre temperature. Maintenance information To check the maintenance information: re- maining mileages and the amount of time- and days left until next service. System WARNING Risk of interference caused by the centre display You may be distracted if you operate the integrated information and commu- nication equipment while driving. You could lose control of the vehicle. ►Note the road and traffic conditions, stop the vehicle safely, and then op- erate the centre display. Enter the setting interface: ●In the main interface, tap to enter the setting interface. ●Swipe leftward from the right on the centre display or tap to enter the application interface, and tap to enter the setting interface. Notification Notification Push: tap Notification Push to turn on/off the Notification Push. Prompt Type: tap Mute, Ring, Broadcast, Ring & Broadcast to set the prompt type. Avatar voice broadcast: tap Avatar Voice Broadcast to turn on/off the Avatar voice broadcast. Unit Time Zone: set the time zone displayed on the centre display. Temperature: set the temperature unit to °C or °F. Speed: set the vehicle speed to km/h or mph. Tyre pressure: set the tyre pressure unit as bar, kPa, and psi. Time format: set the time format displayed on the centre display as 24-hour or 12- hour. Version You can view details of current version in- formation of the vehicle. If the network is abnormal or the network connection is not smooth, tap Network Re- set to update the network. If the network Centre display 153

is still abnormal, please contact a smart

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 155 · Applies to: #1

Authorized Service Partner. Factory Reset: tap Factory Reset to restore the system to the factory default settings. Energy management Overview of the energy management WARNING Risk of interference caused by the centre display You may be distracted if you operate the integrated information and commu- nication equipment while driving. You could lose control of the vehicle. ►Note the road and traffic conditions, stop the vehicle safely, and then op- erate the centre display. Enter the energy management interface: ●Swipe leftward from the right on the centre display or tap to enter the application interface, and tap to enter the energy management interface. Function selection area: ●Charging ●Discharging ●This trip ●Trip Function operation area Charging and discharging WARNING Risk of interference caused by the centre display You may be distracted if you operate the integrated information and commu- nication equipment while driving. You could lose control of the vehicle. ►Note the road and traffic conditions, stop the vehicle safely, and then op- erate the centre display. Enter the energy management interface: ●Swipe leftward from the right on the centre display or tap to enter the application interface, and tap to enter the energy management interface. Charging Daily Trip Mode: charge the power battery to 90%, which is beneficial for the service life of the power battery. Long Trip Mode: charge the power battery to 100%. This mode is recommended for long-distance travel. Charging reservation: tap "Schedule Charging Time Setting" to enter the charg- ing schedule interface. The user can set the charging start and end time as needed, and tap "Save". If the "Charging ends after reaching target SOC" switch is turned on, the charging process will not end when it is the end time of the charging schedule and the power battery is not charged to the target SOC. In this case, the charging process will continue to the target SOC be- fore ending. AC charging current: slide the touch bar to set the current of AC charging. Range: tap Standard and Dynamic to view the range. Discharging Swipe on the dotted line on the car model and select the target SOC when the Vehicle to Load stops. Discharge: tap Discharge to turn on the discharging function. 154 Centre display

Discharging record: tap Discharging to

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 156 · Applies to: #1

view the discharging record. This trip WARNING Risk of interference caused by the centre display You may be distracted if you operate the integrated information and commu- nication equipment while driving. You could lose control of the vehicle. ►Note the road and traffic conditions, stop the vehicle safely, and then op- erate the centre display. Enter the energy management interface: ●Swipe leftward from the right on the centre display or tap to enter the application interface, and tap to enter the energy management interface. You can view the recent trip record, en- ergy distribution and range of the current trip. Trip WARNING Risk of interference caused by the centre display You may be distracted if you operate the integrated information and commu- nication equipment while driving. You could lose control of the vehicle. ►Note the road and traffic conditions, stop the vehicle safely, and then op- erate the centre display. Enter the energy management interface: ●Swipe leftward from the right on the centre display or tap to enter the application interface, and tap to enter the energy management interface. Trip information: you can view the trip in- formation, and click Reset to reset the trip information. Energy distribution: You can view the en- ergy distribution. Navigation and traffic Navigation WARNING Risk of interference caused by the centre display You may be distracted if you operate the integrated information and commu- nication equipment while driving. You could lose control of the vehicle. ►Note the road and traffic conditions, stop the vehicle safely, and then op- erate the centre display. Firm containing metallic substances could block radio signals. Do not ap- ply firm containing metallic substan- ces to the windscreen, otherwise system operation could be affected. Enter the navigation interface: ●Tap on the shortcut interface to enter the navigation interface. ●Swipe leftward from the right on the centre display or tap to enter the application interface, and click on AMAP to enter the navigation interface. Tap the shortcut icon on the main inter- face to enter the Navigation interface. View navigation history or search for destinations Quickly search for charging piles Quickly search for parking lots Centre display 155

Multimedia

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 157 · Applies to: #1

Overview of the multimedia WARNING Risk of interference caused by the centre display You may be distracted if you operate the integrated information and commu- nication equipment while driving. You could lose control of the vehicle. ►Note the road and traffic conditions, stop the vehicle safely, and then op- erate the centre display. Firm containing metallic substances could block radio signals. Do not ap- ply firm containing metallic substan- ces to the windscreen, otherwise system operation could be affected. Enter the multimedia interface: ●Tap on the shortcut interface to enter the multimedia interface. ●Swipe leftward from the right on the centre display or tap to enter the application interface, and tap to enter the multimedia interface. Function selection area: ●Local radio ●Online radio ●Bluetooth music ●USB music ●Sound effects Function operation area Local radio WARNING Risk of interference caused by the centre display You may be distracted if you operate the integrated information and commu- nication equipment while driving. You could lose control of the vehicle. ►Note the road and traffic conditions, stop the vehicle safely, and then op- erate the centre display. Enter the multimedia interface: ●Tap on the shortcut interface to enter the multimedia interface. ●Swipe leftward from the right on the centre display or tap to enter the application interface, and tap to enter the multimedia interface. The user can perform the following opera- tions in the local radio interface: ●Radio fine-tuning control bar: adjust by sliding left and right, or by tapping / . ●Favorites: users can save their favorite radio stations and delete them by swip- ing them to the right. ●Radio station list: display the strongest channels from small to large, or swipe down the list to update it. ● Favorites: select the playing radio station and save it as a favorite radio station. ● Previous: skip to the previous ra- dio station. ● Play/stop: select start, stop, or continue play. ● Next: skip to the next radio station. ● Search radio stations: click it to scan for active radio stations, store the searched active radio stations in the list, and play the first of the active radio stations. 156 Centre display

To search for radio stations for the

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 158 · Applies to: #1

first time, it is required to upload the current location information and site list, and the search process may be interrupted by any operation. If the station list is not updated, please use the previous list. Bluetooth music WARNING Risk of interference caused by the centre display You may be distracted if you operate the integrated information and commu- nication equipment while driving. You could lose control of the vehicle. ►Note the road and traffic conditions, stop the vehicle safely, and then op- erate the centre display. Enter the multimedia interface: ●Tap on the shortcut interface to enter the multimedia interface. ●Swipe leftward from the right on the centre display or tap to enter the application interface, and tap to enter the multimedia interface. The user can perform the following opera- tions in the Bluetooth music interface: ●Sound effects: classic/standard/rock/ jazz/vocal/pop music are optional. ●Play time: adjust by swiping left and right. ● Previous: skip to the previous ra- dio station. ● Play/stop: select start, stop, or continue play. ● Next: skip to the next radio station. Bluetooth device connection is required. USB music WARNING Risk of interference caused by the centre display You may be distracted if you operate the integrated information and commu- nication equipment while driving. You could lose control of the vehicle. ►Note the road and traffic conditions, stop the vehicle safely, and then op- erate the centre display. Enter the multimedia interface: ●Tap on the shortcut interface to enter the multimedia interface. ●Swipe leftward from the right on the centre display or tap to enter the application interface, and tap to enter the multimedia interface. The user can perform the following opera- tions in the USB music interface: ●Sound effects: classic/standard/rock/ jazz/vocal/pop music are optional. ●Play list: display the number of tracks in the list and the play order of the track list. You can swipe up and down to see more information. ● Play mode button: sequential play/single loop/random play can be selected. ● Previous: skip to the previous track. ● Play/stop: select start, stop, or continue play. ● Next: skip to the next track. ● Select a folder to play: you can en- ter the folder to select a track. ●Play time: adjust by swiping left and right. Centre display 157

Sound effects

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 159 · Applies to: #1

WARNING Risk of interference caused by the centre display You may be distracted if you operate the integrated information and commu- nication equipment while driving. You could lose control of the vehicle. ►Note the road and traffic conditions, stop the vehicle safely, and then op- erate the centre display. Enter the multimedia interface: ●Tap on the shortcut interface to enter the multimedia interface. ●Swipe leftward from the right on the centre display or tap to enter the application interface, and tap to enter the multimedia interface. The user can perform the following opera- tions in the sound effects interface: ●Sound effect adjustment: select Beats or Classic. ●Sound field: display the sound field ef- fect inside the vehicle. ●Treble/alto/bass : drag the display bar for adjustment. smart Companion Voice control You can voice control the vehicle functions through the voice assistant. You only need to say your command, and the system will help you complete the operation. Press the right button on the steer- ing wheel, or say a wake-up word, such as "Hello, smart", and wait for the system to issue a prompt sound. When using voice commands, please pay attention to the following: ●To give a command, speak at a normal speed and in a normal tone. ●Speak clearly and avoid slang. ●When using the voice assistant, keep the cabin quiet. ●To cancel the voice command conversa- tion, press the button on the right side of the steering wheel again. Download voice packs (if equipped) Enter the setting interface: ●Tap

System > Language and Unit > , and download voice packs. Phone Phone function WARNING Risk of interference caused by the centre display You may be distracted if you operate the integrated information and commu- nication equipment while driving. You could lose control of the vehicle. ►Note the road and traffic conditions, stop the vehicle safely, and then op- erate the centre display. When using the phone function, connect a Bluetooth device (→Page 150) first. When there is an incoming call during driv- ing, press the right button on the steering wheel to answer the call; or press the button to reject the call, so the main interface will display the information of the incoming call, and you can swipe up the phone interface to hide it in the notifi- cation bar. Enter the phone interface: ●Swipe leftward from the right on the centre display or tap to enter the application interface, and click Phone to enter the phone interface. Using phone call You can perform the following in the phone interface: ●Recent contacts: tap Recent Contacts to view the recent received/missed/re- jected calls, or directly tap the number to dial. ●My favorites: tap My Favorites to quickly call an important contact, or search and delete it. 158 Centre display

●Contacts: tap Contacts to search for

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 160 · Applies to: #1

contacts you want to call or delete. ●Dial: tap Dial to enter numbers and add contacts. Light show Light show function WARNING Risk of interference caused by the centre display You may be distracted if you operate the integrated information and commu- nication equipment while driving. You could lose control of the vehicle. ►Note the road and traffic conditions, stop the vehicle safely, and then op- erate the centre display. Enter the close friend customization interface: ●Swipe leftward on the centre display or tap to enter the application inter- face, and tap Close Friend Customiza- tion to enter the Close Friend Customization interface. Function selection area Function operation area Tap Light Show to view or operate the fol- lowing functions. ●Light show ●Courtesy light Light show After the light show function is turned on, with the music you choose, the exterior lights, such as low beams, rear position lights, turning signal lights, grille light and LOGO lights, will be turned on or off ac- cording to certain rules and rhythms. ●Before the light show function is turned on, the light switch is in OFF position. ●When the light show is started, the ve- hicle will automatically turn on the En- tertainment mode. Light show cannot be used in drive mode. Select the desired light show according to personal preference in the light show interface. You can also tap to set the playback countdown, open the windows and maxi- mize the volume. Courtesy light You can tap the Courtesy Light to select the courtesy light effect: following cour- tesy light effect, dazzling courtesy light ef- fect and inspiring courtesy light effect. Personal centre Personal centre function WARNING Risk of interference caused by the centre display You may be distracted if you operate the integrated information and commu- nication equipment while driving. You could lose control of the vehicle. ►Note the road and traffic conditions, stop the vehicle safely, and then op- erate the centre display. Enter the personal centre interface: 1. Tap in the status bar to enter the personal centre interface. 2. Log in by scanning the QR code with smart APP. Centre display 159

Log out: tap Log Out to log out the per-

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 161 · Applies to: #1

sonal account. Vehicle preference: the user can carry out the light setting, basic vehicle set- ting, display setting and system setting according to preference. After login to the account every time, the vehicle set- tings will be adjusted according to the account. Function area: view or set vehicle infor- mation through Setting, and Message. Smartphone integration Apple CarPlay (if equipped) When the vehicle is equipped with Apple CarPlay, you can use Apple CarPlay to con- nect your phone to the vehicle and use the navigation, music, phone, message, and other functions on your phone through the centre display of the vehicle. Once Apple CarPlay is connected, you cannot directly use the phone and multimedia functions on your device, and can only operate through Apple CarPlay. To use the phone or multimedia functions, you need to disconnect the Apple Car- Play first, and then tap the phone or multimedia icon to operate via Bluetooth. NOTE Apple CarPlay may collect and use the vehicle data, such as the speed and location. smart is not responsible for any use of data by Apple CarPlay. Apple CarPlay is the service provided by Apple on the basis of its user terms and conditions. Therefore, smart is not re- sponsible for any of the functions and applications of Apple CarPlay. For information on which applications or which iOS devices that CarPlay supports, visit the official Apple website. Wireless pairing 1. Use one of the following to connect the iPhone to the vehicle through Bluetooth. ●Tap the smart phone icon on the upper left corner of the centre dis- play, the screen automatically leads to the connectivity interface in Gen- eral, and tap New Device. ●Tap the Bluetooth icon on the upper right corner of the centre dis- play, tap Device Preference, the screen automatically leads to the Connectivity interface in General, and tap New Device. ●Enter the setting interface, tap Gen- eral, select Connectivity, and tap New Device. ●Enter the Bluetooth interface on the iPhone and choose to connect a new device. Select smart on the list, and after the new device interface on the centre display is triggered automati- cally, operate the iPhone to connect. ●Press and hold the voice control but- ton on the steering wheel, the centre display automatically leads to the de- vice list, and select the correspond- ing iPhone to start connection. 2. Enter the PIN code displayed on the centre display on the iPhone. 3. After the device is connected, confirm connection on the connection confirma- tion page popped out. 160 Centre display

Wired pairing

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 162 · Applies to: #1

1. Connect the iPhone to the USB data port in the storage area below the vehicle centre display with an USB data cable, the iPhone will connect automatically. After successfully connected, the Apple CarPlay icon is displayed on the upper left corner on the centre display.
2. Tap the Apple CarPlay icon on the appli- cation interface of the centre display to enter Apple CarPlay. For the best user experience, it is recommended to use the USB data cable provided by the device manu- facturer. Aftermarket or third party cables may not work. To maintain the quality of connection, replace the data cable if there is a sign of significant wear. Operating Apple CarPlay After the connection is established be- tween the phone and the vehicle, Apple CarPlay can be operated through the centre display, the phone, and the voice control button on the steering wheel. The vehicle supports operating Apple Car- Play by voice control through Siri. Press the voice control button or say Hey Siri, wait for the system to respond, and you can operate the applications of the phone by sending voice commands through the voice assistance. When using Apple CarPlay, to operate the built-in applications of the centre display, tap the smart icon on the Apple CarPlay in- terface, or swipe downward from the top/ swipe upward from the bottom to access the vehicle control interface. To disable Apple CarPlay, tap the Apple CarPlay icon of the corresponding device in the Bluetooth device list to dis- connect the Apple CarPlay connection, or the smart phone icon to disconnect the Bluetooth connection. When using navigation through the smart phone integration, the navi- gation information is only displayed on the centre display. The built-in navigation in the centre display will exit if it is currently on. While 2 devices can be connected to the vehicle simultaneously, only 1 of them is allowed for smart phone integration. Once Apple CarPlay is connected, you cannot directly use the phone and multimedia functions on your device, and can only operate through Apple CarPlay. To use the phone or multimedia functions, you need to disconnect the Apple Car- Play first, and then tap the phone or multimedia icon to operate via Bluetooth. Android Auto(If equipped) When the vehicle is equipped with Android Auto, you can use Android Auto to connect your phone to the vehicle and use the nav- igation, music, phone, message, and other functions on your phone through the centre display of the vehicle. If your Android phone uses Android 9 or older version, install Android Auto first. If your Android phone uses Android 10 or later version, it comes with An- droid Auto and no installation is needed. Download Android Auto from Google Play Store, and you can verify if your current Android phone is compatible for wireless connection on the Google Android Auto support page. If your Android phone uses Android 9 or older version, install Android Auto first. If your Android phone uses Android 10 or later version, it comes with An- droid Auto and no installation is needed. Centre display 161

Wireless pairing

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 163 · Applies to: #1

1. Use one of the following to connect the Android phone to the vehicle through Bluetooth. ●Tap the smart phone icon on the upper left corner of the centre dis- play, the screen automatically leads to the connectivity interface in Gen- eral, and tap New Device. ●Tap the Bluetooth icon on the upper right corner of the centre dis- play, tap Device Preference, the screen automatically leads to the Connectivity interface in General, and tap New Device. ●Enter the setting interface, tap Gen- eral, select Connectivity, and tap New Device. ●Enter the Bluetooth interface on the Android phone and choose to con- nect a new device. Select smart on the list, and after the new device in- terface on the centre display is trig- gered automatically, operate the Android phone to connect. ●Press and hold the voice control but- ton on the steering wheel, the centre display automatically leads to the de- vice list, and select the correspond- ing Android phone to start connection.
2. Enter the PIN code displayed on the centre display on the Android phone.
3. After the device is connected, confirm connection on the connection confirma- tion page popped out. Wired pairing
4. Connect the Android phone to the USB data port in the storage area below the vehicle centre display with an USB data cable, the Android phone will connect automatically. After successfully con- nected, the Android Auto icon is displayed on the upper left corner on the centre display.
5. Tap the Android Auto icon on the appli- cation interface of the centre display to enter Android Auto. For the best user experience, it is recommended to use the USB data cable provided by the device manu- facturer. Aftermarket or third party cables may not work. To maintain the quality of connection, replace the data cable if there is a sign of significant wear. Operating Android Auto After the connection is established be- tween the phone and the vehicle, Android Auto can be operated through the centre display, the phone, and the voice control button on the steering wheel. The vehicle supports the Google voice as- sistance function. Press the voice control button or say Hey Google, wait for the sys- tem to respond, and you can operate the applications of the phone by sending voice commands through the voice assistance. When using Android Auto, to operate the built-in applications of the centre display, tap the smart icon on the Android Auto in- terface, or swipe downward from the top/ swipe upward from the bottom to access the vehicle control interface. To disable Android Auto, tap the Android Auto icon of the corresponding de- vice in the Bluetooth device list to discon- nect the Android Auto connection, or the smart phone icon to disconnect the Bluetooth connection. When using navigation through the smart phone integration, the navi- gation information is only displayed on the centre display. The built-in navigation in the centre display will exit if it is currently on. While 2 devices can be connected to the vehicle simultaneously, only 1 of them is allowed for smart phone integration. 162 Centre display

Once Android Auto is connected, you

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 164 · Applies to: #1

cannot directly use the phone and multimedia functions on your device, and can only operate through An- droid Auto. To use the phone or multimedia functions, you need to disconnect the Android Auto first, and then tap the phone or multime- dia icon to operate via Bluetooth. Centre display 163

Emergency equipment

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 165 · Applies to: #1

Using a safety vest The safety vest is placed in the front pas- senger side glove box. 1. To remove: open the glove box and take out the safety vest bag . 2. Open the bag and take out the safety vest. Use the safety vest according to the label on the vest. The safety vest must be replaced in the following cases: ●Reflective strips are damaged or dirty. ●The maximum number of washes is exceeded. ●The fluorescence has faded. Warning triangle Taking out the warning triangle 1. Open the boot cover. 2. Take out the warning triangle . Setting up the warning triangle 1. Fold the side reflector up to form a triangle and snap on its top with the upper clip . 2. Spread the base and lay it flat. Place the warning triangle 50-100 meters behind the vehicle on a conventional road. Place it 150 meters behind the vehicle on an expressway or more than 200 meters in case of rain or fog. Fire extinguisher fitting point The vehicle is equipped with a fire extin- guisher fitting point, consult a smart Au- thorized Service Partner for details. Fire extinguisher If your vehicle is equipped with a fire ex- tinguisher, it will help put out an initial fire. Be sure to follow the operation manual provided by the fire extinguisher manufacturer. NOTE There are many factors that cause ve- hicle fire. Usually, the fire can be extin- guished in time by fire extinguishers in the initial stage. However, if the fire is at the development stage or fierce stage, it can no longer be put out by fire extin- guishers. In this case, it is necessary to evacuate in time and call the fire service. If you need to install a fire extin- guisher fixing bracket and fire extin- guisher, consult a smart Authorized Service Partner. 164 Breakdown assistance

Flat tyre

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 166 · Applies to: #1

Stowage location of the tyre repair kit The tyre repair kit is located in the front compartment trunk. Open the bonnet (→Page 177). Electric air pump Tyre sealant Tyre repair kit Information on the tyre repair kit: ●When the outside temperature is not below -20 °C and the puncture hole of the tyre is not larger than 6 mm, tyre sealant can be used. ●Do not remove any foreign objects pierced the tyre. ●Attach the speed limit label to the in- strument panel within the driver’s vision. WARNING Risk of accident when us- ing the tyre sealant The sealant cannot seal the tyre in the following situations: ●The cut or puncture in the tyre is larger than 6 millimeters. ●The rim is damaged. ●You have been driving under ex- tremely low tyre pressure or with flat tyres. ►Do not continue driving. ►Consult a smart Authorized Service Partner. WARNING Risk of accident and poi- soning from tyre sealant Tyre sealant is hazardous to health and causes irritation. Do not allow it to reach your skin, eyes or clothing. Never swal- low it. Do not inhale any sealant vapour. Keep it out of the reach of children. Observe the following if you come into contact with the tyre sealant: ►Rinse off the tyre sealant from your skin with water immediately. ►Rinse eyes thoroughly with plenty of clean water immediately if tyre seal- ant gets into them. ►If swallowed by mistake, thoroughly rinse your mouth immediately and drink plenty of water. Seek medical attention immediately. ►Change out of clothes that are stained with tyre sealant immediately. ►In case of allergic reaction, seek medical attention immediately. NOTE The electric air pump overheats after extensive operation. ►Do not keep the pump running con- tinuously for more than 10 minutes. Refer to the operation instructions for how to use and date of expiration in the tyre repair kit. Contact a smart Authorized Service Partner if any problem occurs dur- ing operation. Jump start the vehicle Notes on jump start For jump start, pay attention to the following: ●Never touch the high voltage compo- nents in the front compartment. ●Use a battery with rated voltage of 12 V for jumping start the vehicle with low battery. Breakdown assistance 165

●Never smoke or use open flame near the

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 167 · Applies to: #1

12 V battery. ●When connecting the jumper cable, avoid short circuit with other compo- nents in the front compartment. ●The 12 V battery will produce flammable and explosive gases. Improper use of jumper cables may cause sparks and explosions. ●The 12 V battery contains sulfuric acid. If it splashes on eyes, skin or clothes, wash it with plenty of water. If it splashes into eyes, seek medical atten- tion immediately. ●Wash your hands after operating the 12 V battery. The 12 V battery and related accessories contain toxic substances, like lead. NOTE Risk of vehicle damage from incorrect jumper cable operation ►If the jumper cables are connected or removed in the wrong order, an electrical short circuit may occur and damage the vehicle. The resulting repairs are not covered by the war- ranty. The jumper cables must be connected or removed in the correct order, and make sure that the cables do not touch each other or other metals. If the vehicle cannot be started due to 12 V battery power loss, jump start can be used. Vehicle jump start Connecting the jump start cable 1. Open the bonnet (→Page 177). 2. Remove the 12 V battery cover . 3. Open the battery positive terminal cov- er . 4. Connect the red jumper cable to the 12 V battery positive terminal of the rescue vehicle. 5. Connect the other end of the red jumper cable to the 12 V battery positive termi- nal of the vehicle with low battery. 6. Connect the black jumper cable to the 12 V battery negative terminal of the rescue vehicle. 7. Connect the other end of the black jumper cable to the 12 V battery nega- tive terminal of the vehicle with low battery. 8. Start the rescue vehicle first and then the vehicle to be rescued. Removing jump start cables 1. Remove the black jumper cable from the negative terminal of the vehicle with low battery, and then remove the black jumper cable from the negative ter- minal of the rescue vehicle. 2. Remove the red jumper cable from the positive terminal of the vehicle with low battery, and then remove the red 166 Breakdown assistance

jumper cable

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 168 · Applies to: #1

from the positive ter- minal of the rescue vehicle. Vehicle transporting Vehicle transportation methods WARNING Risk of accident due to transporting vehicle incorrectly Avoid the following when transporting the vehicle: ●Tyres being rotated when transport- ing the vehicle. ●Fastening device contacting the ve- hicle electrical wiring or fluid lines when tying down the wheels. ●Moving the vehicle when the fasten- ing device is not released. ►Fasten, transport and move the ve- hicle in the correct way. smart is not responsible for the vehicle damage caused by incorrect operation during transportation. NOTE Never transport the vehicle in the way not specified by smart. Observe the fol- lowing instructions, damage caused by inappropriate vehicle transportation is not covered by smart warranty. When the wheels rotate, the front and rear E-motors of the vehicle can generate elec- tric energy. It is recommended to trans- port the vehicle with flatbed trailers or similar transport vehicles. As shown in the figure above, make sure that the tyres cannot move during transportation. Flatbed trailers transport vehicles are ap- proved vehicle transportation methods. smart is not responsible and will not reimburse the cost of any service not dispatched through smart Roadside Assistance. During the transfer of the vehicle onto the flatbed trailer by means of a winch or moving out of the parking space for aligning with the flatbed trailer, the tyres are allowed to ro- tate slowly within 10 meters only after the towing mode is enabled. If the towing mode cannot be acti- vated or the centre display cannot be accessed, the vehicle can be loaded to the approved transporter using tow brackets/small wheels/as- sist wheels. Be sure to check the manufacturer's specifications and recommended load capacity before using tow brackets/small wheels/as- sist wheels. Towing mode Activating the towing mode 1. Make sure the keyfob is in the vehicle. 2. Open and close the driver's door once. 3. Press and hold the hazard warning light switch for over 7 seconds until the warning lamps on the driver information display self-diagnoses. 4. Shift to neutral and release the elec- tric parking brake. 5. In case of warning messages, press the button on the right of the steering wheel to clear the warning messages on the driver information display. The electric parking brake does not automatically engage under the towing mode. Be aware of risk of ve- hicle rolling away. Breakdown assistance 167

If the towing mode cannot be acti-

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 169 · Applies to: #1

vated or the centre display cannot be accessed, the vehicle can be loaded to the approved transporter using tow brackets/small wheels/as- sist wheels. Be sure to check the manufacturer's specifications and recommended load capacity before using tow brackets/small wheels/as- sist wheels. Deactivating the towing mode The towing mode is deactivated when one of the following conditions is met: 1. The vehicle is shifted to park and locked from outside. 2. The vehicle is shifted to drive or re- verse . Fitting the tow bar Fitting the front tow bar 1. Open the bonnet (→Page 177). 2. Pull the front luggage compartment cover handle upward to open the cover. 3. Take out the tow bar from the tool kit in the front luggage compartment. 4. Remove the front tow bar cover . 5. Screw the tow bar in and tighten it. 6. After use, return the tow bar and front tow bar cover to their original positions. Fitting the rear tow bar Type 1 1. Open the bonnet (→Page 177). 2. Open the front luggage compartment cover. 3. Take out the tow bar from the tool kit in the front luggage compartment. 4. Press the lower point of the triangular indicator inward to remove the tow bar cover . 168 Breakdown assistance

5. Screw the tow bar

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 170 · Applies to: #1

in and tighten it. 6. After use, return the tow bar and rear tow bar cover to their original positions. Type 2 1. Open the bonnet (→Page 177). 2. Open the front luggage compartment cover. 3. Take out the tow bar from the tool kit in the front luggage compartment. 4. Use a suitable tool to remove the rear tow bar cover . 5. Screw the tow bar in and tighten it. 6. After use, return the tow bar and rear tow bar cover to their original positions. NOTE When towing the vehicle, pay attention to the vehicle location and ground clearance. Steep trailer ramp or insuffi- cient ground clearance may cause ve- hicle damage when towing with the tow bar. Breakdown assistance 169

Notes on the wheels and tyres

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 171 · Applies to: #1

Notes on noise or abnormal handling When driving, be aware of vibration, noise, and handling abnormalities, such as ve- hicle veering, which may indicate damaged wheels or tyres. If you suspect a tyre fail- ure, slow down immediately, come to a safe stop as soon as possible, and inspect the wheels and tyres for damage. Hidden tyre damage could also lead to unusual handling characteristics. If you see no signs of damage, have your wheels and tyres checked at a smart Authorized Serv- ice Partner. Notes on regularly inspecting the wheels and tyres WARNING Risk of accident due to damaged tyres Damaged tyres can cause tyre pressure loss. As a result, you could lose control of your vehicle. ►Check the tyres regularly for signs of damage and replace any damaged tyres immediately. Inspect the tyre condition regularly. It is recommended to have the tyres inspected every month or before each special situa- tion, such as a long trip, a vehicle payload change or driving off road. ●Check the tyre pressure (→Page 171). ●Visually check the wheels and tyres for damage. ●Check the valve stem caps. ●Visually check the tyre tread depth and the tyre tread over the entire width. Sufficient tread depth is vital for tyre performance. Tyres with tread depth under 3 millimeters are more likely to slip on wet surface and not suitable for use. Tyres with tread depth under 4 millimeters have reduced performance in mud and snow and are not suitable for winter driving. When the tread depth is below 1.6 milli- meters , wear indicators appear on the tread surface and the tyre shall be replaced. Notes on snow chains Snow chains should only be used on snowy or icy roads or when the local laws and regulations require it, and the vehicle speed should not exceed 40 km/h(25 mph) or the manufacturer's limit, whichever is lower. When entering a snow free or ice free road section, the snow chains should be re- moved immediately. WARNING Possible risks caused by installing snow chains Observe the following requirements when using snow chains: ►Remove the wheel decoration covers before installing snow chains. ►Do not deflate the tyres to install snow chains. Reinflating the tyres could over-tighten the snow chains and cause tyre damage. ►Snow chains can only be installed on the rear wheels. ►During driving of the vehicle with snow chains, avoid sharp turns and emergency braking. ►For vehicles equipped with driver as- sistance systems, do not use driver assistance systems when snow chains have been installed. ►When using snow chains, please abide by local laws and regulations. ►Follow the installation instructions specified by the chain manufacturer. ►Use quality snow chains that meet the designed requirements of tyre and rim dimensions of this model. ►For uncertainties in the use of snow chains, consult a smart Authorized Service Partner. ► This vehicle is not equipped with snow chains. Purchase snow chains by your- self for use. Damage to the vehicle or accidents due to incorrect use of snow chains are not covered by warranty. 170 Wheels and tyres

Applicable snow chain models

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 172 · Applies to: #1

Tyre size Snow chain model 235/50 R18 XG -12 Pro 240 235/45 R19 XG -12 Pro 240 Tyre pressure Notes on the tyre pressure WARNING Risk of accident due to in- sufficient or excessive tyre pressure Insufficient or excessive tyre pressure pose the following risks: ●The tyres may burst and their service lives are shortened as a result, espe- cially as the payload and vehicle speed increase. ●Driving comfort can be compromised. ●Damage may occur when driving on rugged road. ●The tyre traction can be impaired. ●The tyres may wear excessively and/ or unevenly. ●The handling and braking perform- ance can be adversely affected. ●Tyres can overheat and deform. ●Vehicle’s operational range can be reduced. ►Maintain the tyre pressure at a nor- mal level. WARNING Risk of accident due to re- peated tyre pressure drop If the tyre pressure drops repeatedly, the wheel, valve or tyre may be damaged. Insufficient tyre pressure can cause the tyres to burst. ►Inspect the tyre for signs of foreign objects. ►Check whether the wheel or valve has a leak. ►If you are unable to rectify the fault, contact a smart Authorized Service Partner. WARNING Risk of accident due to driving with flat tyres Flat tyres have a significant impact on driving, steering and braking performance. ►Never drive with flat tyres. ►Use tyre sealant or contact a smart Authorized Service Partner. Tyre pressure table The tyre pressure table is located on the front of left B pillar . The tyre pressure table shows the recom- mended tyre pressures approved for all Wheels and tyres 171

tyres. The recommended tyre pressures

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 173 · Applies to: #1

are suitable for cold tyres under various driving conditions such as load and/or speed. Observe the notes on the tyre pressure (→Page 171). Tyre pressure monitoring system WARNING Importance of tyre pres- sure abnormal indicator light ►The tyre pressure monitoring system is not a substitute for proper tyre maintenance. It is always your re- sponsibility to ensure that the tyre pressure meets the value specified by the manufacturer. ►Driving with low tyre pressure may cause tyre damage and affect the vehicle performance and tread life, and may affect the steering and braking capabilities of the vehicle. If the tyre is seriously damaged, it may also lead to traffic accidents and even serious casualties. Your vehicle is equipped with an active tyre pressure monitoring system which monitors tyre pressure through sensors fitted on the wheel air valve. Enter the setting interface: ●Tap

Vehicle Condition > Tyre Con- dition, and tap Reflesh to check the tyre pressure. Tyre temperature high, tyre leakage, sensor battery low alarm When the tyre temperature is high, the tyre leaks, or the sensor battery low alarm is activated, the corresponding tyre starts to flash, accompanied by an audio alarm, and a message pops up on the driver infor- mation display. Tyre pressure low alarm When the tyre pressure low alarm is acti- vated, the corresponding tyre starts to flash, the tyre pressure monitoring system status indicator continues to illuminate until the alarm is removed, accompanied by an audible alarm, and a message pops up on the driver information display. After inflating to the standard tyre pressure in cold state, and driving at a speed of more than 30 km/h for a few minutes, the tyre pressure low alarm will be removed. A number of factors can cause a tyre pressure monitoring system to work abnormally: ●Incompatible tyres are installed or wheels are modified. ●There is fluid in the tyre or tyre sealant has been injected. ●Driving with snow chains installed. ●Near TV stations, gas stations, airports and other facilities that generate strong radio waves or electrical noise. ●Accessories that may interfere with the vehicle's radio receiver or electrical sys- tem are installed. NOTE ►Check the tyre pressure regularly and make sure it is within the speci- fied range. ►The tyre pressure monitoring system cannot indicate in advance rapid wear of tyres caused by external factors (such as, tyre burst) nor identify long-term natural uniform pressure losses on all tyres. ►If the driver information display shows abnormal tyre pressure dur- ing driving, park the vehicle in a safe place and contact a smart Author- ized Service Partner as soon as possible. Checking and correcting the tyre pressure manually Information on the recommended tyre pressure for the vehicle's stock tyres can be found on the tyre pressure table (→ Page 172) on the driver's side B-pillar. Always adjust tyre pressure when the tyre is cold, cold tyre conditions: ●The vehicle is driven less than 1.6 kilometers. 172 Wheels and tyres

●The vehicle is parked away from direct

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 174 · Applies to: #1

sunlight for at least 3 hours. ●Check the tyre pressure with a suitable tyre pressure gauge. ●If necessary, adjust the tyre pressure. For vehicles equipped with a tyre pressure monitoring system, you can also check the tyre pressure on the centre display. Replacing the Wheels and tyres Notes on replacing the wheels and tyres For information on permitted wheel/tyre combinations, consult a smart Authorized Service Partner. WARNING Risk of accident due to us- ing wheels and tyres of incorrect size If wheels and tyres of the wrong size are used, the brake or suspension compo- nents may become damaged. ►Please replace wheels and tyres with those that fulfill the specifications of the original parts. When replacing tyres, make sure the following information is correct: ►Name ►Manufacturer ►Type WARNING Risk of injury due to ex- ceeding the specified tyre load- bearing capacity or the permissible speed rating Exceeding the specified tyre load-bear- ing capacity or the permissible speed rating may lead to tyre damage and bursting. ►Use tyres of types and sizes ap- proved by smart for your vehicle. Consult a smart Authorized Service Partner for any question. ►Observe the tyre load-bearing ca- pacity rating and maximum speed permitted for your vehicle. NOTE Vehicle or tyre damage from using tyres of an unapproved type and size Using tyres of an unapproved type and size may adversely affect the handling performance and energy consumption. In addition, other tyre sizes may cause the tyres to come into contact with the body and axle components when under load. This may damage the vehicle or the tyres. ►For safety reasons, please use tyres, wheels and accessories approved by smart for your vehicle. WARNING Risk of accident due to driving with retread tyres smart neither tests nor recommends the use of retread tyres as some existing damage to retread tyres is difficult to detect. Therefore, driving safety cannot be guaranteed. ►Never use retread tyres. WARNING Risk of accident due to wheels and tyres being damaged from driving over obstacles The risk of wheels and tyres being dam- aged increases when driving over ob- stacles, which may cause accidents to occur. ►Proceed with caution and drive slowly when encountering obstacles and potholes, and find an alternative route if possible. Wheels and tyres 173

NOTE Damage to tyre pressure sen-

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 175 · Applies to: #1

sors from inappropriate use of tyre fitting tools Vehicles with tyre pressure monitoring system: tyre pressure sensors are in- stalled inside the wheels. Never use a tyre fitting tool in the area of the valve. Otherwise, damage to the tyre pressure sensor may occur. ►Choose a smart Authorized Service Partner for tyre replacement. WARNING Risk of accident due to summer tyres being damaged by low ambient temperature When the ambient temperature is low, driving with summer tyres may cause permanent tyre damage, such as cracks, which may cause accidents to occur. ►smart recommends the use of 4- season tyres or winter tyres for driv- ing in low temperature or on snowy and icy roads. Tyres that are not approved for the vehicle by smart or are not being used correctly can impair the operating safety. Note the following when replacing tyres: ●Only use tyres of the same brand, size, load-bearing capacity, speed rating, structure and tread pattern, and the load-bearing capacity of the replace- ment tyres shall not be lower than the original ones. ●Observe the requirements of wheel dy- namic balance. ●Never make any modifications to the brake system, the wheels or the tyres. ●Vehicles with tyre pressure monitoring system: all fitted wheels must come with functioning tyre pressure sensors. ●When installing a wheel, torque the wheel bolts to the specification: 180 N·m. ●Break in new tyres at speeds below 80 km/h for the first 100 km. ●Ultraviolet rays, extreme temperatures, high load and environmental conditions cause tyres to age over time. It is rec- ommended to have tyres replaced every 6 years, regardless of tread depth. For further information on wheels and tyres, contact a smart Authorized Service Partner. At the same time, observe following infor- mation on other relevant subjects: ●Notes on the tyre pressure (→Page 171). ●Tyre pressure table (→Page 171). ●Wheel dynamic balance requirements (→Page 197). Notes on rotating the wheels WARNING Risk of injury due to rotat- ing wheels Note the following when rotating wheels: ►Wheel bolts must be torqued to the correct specification, or accident may occur. ►After rotating wheels, check and ad- just tyre pressure. Incorrect tyre pressure may adversely affect the tyre tread life and vehicle handling which could lead to loss of control. The wear patterns on the front and rear tyres differ: ●Front tyres wear more on the shoulders ●Rear tyres wear more on the centre Rotate wheels every 5,000 km(3,000 miles) to 8,000 km(5,000 miles) depending on the tread wear. During wheel rotation, make sure that the OUTSIDE indicator on the tyre is pointing outward. 174 Wheels and tyres

The recommended method of wheel rota-

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 176 · Applies to: #1

tion is shown in the picture. Notes on storing the wheels When storing wheels, observe the follow- ing notes in particular: ●Store the removed wheels in a cool, dry and preferably dark place. ●Protect the tyres from contact with oil, grease or fuel. Removing the wheel trim cover 1. Open the bonnet (→Page 177). 2. Open the front compartment cover . 3. Remove the hook at the position shown in the figure . 4. Insert the hook into the wheel trim cover hole and pull it outward to remove the wheel trim cover. Tyre markings The tyre markings placed on a tyre side- wall are standardized information used to identify and describe the fundamental characteristics of the tyre. That information includes the load index, velocity symbol, etc., for example, 235 / 45 R19 99 V. ●235: nominal section width (mm) ●45: nominal height ratio ●R: structure type code, R is for radial structure ●19: nominal rim diameter (in) ●99: load index ●V: velocity symbol Tyre wear indicator Tyres shall be inspected regularly. If you don't know about the tyre wear indicators inside the tread grooves, please contact a smart Authorized Service Partner. Tyre wear indicators are located in the tread grooves of tyres. When the tread of a tyre is at the same height as the wear indi- cators, please replace the tyre with a new one as soon as possible. WARNING Risk of accident from using tyres of grade lower than the original ►If a tyre with a load index or speed rating lower than the original one is used, it may overheat and be dam- aged, thus causing accidents and personal injury. Seasonal tyres Summer tyres Your vehicle's original high performance summer tyres are not suitable for winter road conditions. When driving in low Wheels and tyres 175

temperature or icy road conditions, winter

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 177 · Applies to: #1

tyres or all season tyres are recommended. If winter or all season tyres are not in- stalled, contact a smart Authorized Service Partner for advice. WARNING Accident risk due to im- proper use of summer tyres The summer tyres provide insufficient traction in low temperatures or snow and ice road conditions. It is important to select and fit the right tyres for win- ter to make sure vehicle safety and op- timum performance, even if the vehicle is equipped with dual motors. 176 Wheels and tyres

Lifting the vehicle

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 178 · Applies to: #1

Vehicle lifting points Lifting point indicator under the door sill outer decoration panel. Vehicle lifting points High voltage battery The high voltage battery in the illus- tration is an example. Depending on the model configuration, the high voltage battery of the actual vehicle may be different from the illustra- tion. Refer to the actual vehicle. Notes on lifting the vehicle: ●Never place lift arm pads under the area of the high voltage battery . Only place lift arm pads under the desig- nated lifting points and lifting on any other points may result in vehicle damage. Damage due to improper lift- ing is not covered by warranty. ●Do not lift the vehicle when the charg- ing cable is connected, even if it is not charging at the moment. ●Never work on the vehicle if it is not properly supported. Otherwise, serious damage, personnel injury or death may occur. Front compartment Opening and closing the bonnet WARNING Risk of accident due to driving with unlocked bonnet Unlocked bonnet may open and block the vision when driving. ►Never unlock the bonnet during driving. ►Make sure that the bonnet is locked before each trip. WARNING Risk of accident and injury when opening and closing the bonnet The bonnet may fall all of a sudden when opening and closing. It may injure the people within the movement area of the bonnet. ►Only open or close the bonnet when there is no people within the move- ment area of the bonnet. WARNING Risk of scald when open- ing the bonnet If you open the bonnet when the drive system is overheating or fire breaks out in the front compartment, you may come into contact with hot air or spilled liquid. ►Allow the overheated components to cool down before opening the bonnet. ►In case of fire in the front compart- ment, close the bonnet and call the fire department. Maintenance and care 177

WARNING Risk of injury by moving

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 179 · Applies to: #1

components Even if the vehicle is turned off, some components, such as the cooling fan, in the front compartment may keep run- ning or turn on again all of a sudden. Guarantee the following items before operating in the front compartment: ►The vehicle is powered off. ►Never touch the hazardous area around moving components, for ex- ample, the cooling fan. ►Take off jewelry and watch. ►Keep hair, clothes, and decorations far away from moving components. WARNING Risk of injury due to using the front wiper when the bonnet is opened You may be trapped by the wiper when the bonnet is opened and the front wiper starts moving. ►Make sure to turn off the wiper and the vehicle before opening the bonnet. To open: 1. Pull the bonnet opening handle under the instrument panel on the driv- er side twice. 2. Lift up the bonnet. To close: 1. Lower the bonnet and drop it from about 20 centimeters high. 2. If the bonnet can still be lifted slightly, open the bonnet again and close it with increased force until it can be locked correctly. Do not press the bonnet down to close it. Close the bonnet from the middle position. Make sure both sides of the bonnet are fully locked. Checking the coolant level WARNING Risk of accident caused by overheated drive system If you open the bonnet when the drive system is overheating or fire breaks out in the front compartment, you may come into contact with hot air or spilled liquid. ►Allow the overheated drive system to cool down before opening the bonnet. ►In case of fire in the front compart- ment, close the bonnet and call the fire department. WARNING Risk of burn caused by high temperature coolant The cooling system is pressurized when the drive system is under normal oper- ating temperature. You may be scalded by hot coolant when opening the cap. ►Allow the drive system to cool down before opening the cap. ►Wear protective gloves and goggles when opening the cap. ►Open the cap slowly to release pressure. 1. Park the vehicle on a level ground. 2. Open the bonnet (→Page 177). 178 Maintenance and care

3. If the coolant level is lower than the

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 180 · Applies to: #1

marked position , inspect or top up coolant at a smart Authorized Service Partner. Do not fill coolant over the marked posi- tion . Topping up the windscreen washer system WARNING Risk of scald caused by hot components in the front compartment Some components in the front compart- ment, such as the drive system and ra- diator, may be very hot. ►Operate after the front compartment cools down. WARNING Risk of accident caused by overheated drive system If you open the bonnet when the drive system is overheating or fire breaks out in the front compartment, you may come into contact with hot air or spilled liquid. ►Allow the overheated drive system to cool down before opening the bonnet. ►In case of fire in the front compart- ment, close the bonnet and call the fire department. WARNING Risk of fire and injury from windscreen washer concentrate Windscreen washer concentrate is highly flammable. ►Do not ignite, use naked flame, smoke or cause spark when cleaning with windscreen washer concentrate. 1. Open the bonnet (→Page 177). 2. Push away the clip and remove the cover along the direction of the arrow. 3. Open the windscreen washer filler cap to top up windscreen washer fluid. Restore the windscreen washer filler cap and the bonnet to their original position after filling. Maintenance and care 179

Cleaning and care

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 181 · Applies to: #1

Notes on cleaning the vehicle WARNING Risk of accident caused by reduced braking effect after clean- ing the vehicle The braking effect is reduced after cleaning the vehicle. ►After cleaning the vehicle, watch out for traffic conditions and brake care- fully until the braking effect is fully restored. NOTE Damage caused by improper use of car wash ►Before entering the car wash, make sure the washer is in the right size for the vehicle. ►Maintain a sufficient ground clear- ance between the bottom of the ve- hicle and the guide rails of car wash. ►Maintain an adequate gap width to the car wash, especially the width of guide rails. When cleaning your vehicle, first ensure the following to prevent your vehicle from being damaged: ●Make sure the doors, bonnet, liftgate, charging port cover, and all windows are fully closed. ●The blower motor for ventilation has been turned off. ●The windscreen wiper switches are in the off position . ●In car washes with a conveyor system: engage neutral . In a washer equipped with a convey- or system, if you want to leave the vehicle during the washing, make sure to leave the key in the vehicle. Otherwise, the vehicle will shift to park automatically. Notes on using high pressure car wash WARNING Risk of an accident when using a high pressure car washer with circular jet nozzles The water jet of a circular jet nozzle (dirt grinder) can cause externally invisible damage to the tyres or chassis parts Components damaged in this way may unexpectedly fail. ►Never use a high pressure car wash- er with circular jet nozzles to clean the vehicle. ►Have damaged tyres or chassis parts replaced immediately. ►Never use a high pressure car wash- er to flush the air intake grille. When using a high pressure car wash, to protect your vehicle, you should ●Maintain the high pressure nozzle at least 30 centimeters away from the vehicle. ●Vehicle with decorative film: vehicle parts may be covered with decorative film. Maintain at least 70 centimeters between the vehicle parts covered with decorative film and the nozzle of the high pressure car wash. Keep moving the nozzle of the high pressure car wash when cleaning. The water temper- ature of the high pressure car wash should be kept below 40°C. ●Observe the correct distance as stated in the User Manual of the equipment. ●Never direct the nozzle of the high pressure car wash at sensitive parts, such as tyres, crevices, electrical com- ponents, batteries, bulbs, and ventila- tion slots. Washing the vehicle manually Observe regulatory requirements, such as in many countries, manual washing is only allowed at specially designated service racks. 1. Use a mild cleaning agent such as car shampoo. 180 Maintenance and care

2. Apply a mild cleaner with a soft car

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 182 · Applies to: #1

sponge. Never expose the vehicle to di- rect sunlight when doing so. 3. Carefully rinse the vehicle with water and dry the vehicle off with a chamois Notes on paintwork/matte finish paintwork care Observe the following notes: Parts Cleaning and care Avoiding paintwork damage Paintwork ●Insect remains: soak with in- sect remover and rinse off the treated areas. ●Bird droppings: soak with water and rinse off. ●Tree resin, oils, fuels and greases: remove by gently rubbing with a cloth soaked in cleaning petroleum or lighter fluid. ●Coolant and brake fluid: re- move with a damp cloth and clean water. ●Tar stains: use tar remover. ●Wax: use silicone remover. ●Never attach stickers, films or similar materials. ●Remove dirt immediately by rubbing carefully. Matte finish ●Do not polish the vehicle and wheels. ●Only use car washes that cor- respond to the latest engi- neering standards ●Never use paint cleaners, buffing or polishing products, or gloss preservers such as wax. ●Have paint repair work carried out at a smart Authorized Service Partner. aaa Notes on cleaning the decorative film Observe the matte finish care instructions in Notes on Paintwork/matte Finish Paintwork Care (→Page 181). These also apply to decorative film. Maintenance and care 181

Observe the following notes:

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 183 · Applies to: #1

Cleaning Never damage the decorative film ●For cleaning, use plenty of water and a neutral cleaner without additives or abrasives. ●Remove dirt as soon as possible and avoid rubbing it too hard. Otherwise it may cause irreparable damage to the decorative film. ●If there is dirt on the paint or the deco- rative film is tarnished: Use a paint cleaner suitable for the vehicle. ●Insect remains: soak with insect re- mover and rinse off the treated areas. ●Bird droppings: soak with water and rinse off. ●To prevent water stains, dry the ve- hicle with decorative film after each cleaning by using a soft absorbent cloth. ●The service life and color of decorative film are affected by: ˗ Sunshine ˗ Temperature, such as hot air blower ˗ Weather condition ˗ Stoning and smudging ˗ Chemical cleaner ˗ Freak oil ●Never use car wax for matte, glossy or structured decorative films. It may cause permanent stains. aaa Scratches, rust deposits, corroded areas, and damage caused by improper care may not be fully repaired. In this case, go to a smart Authorized Service Partner. You can learn more about care and clean- ing products from the manufacturer. After removing the decorative film, a visual difference may be noticed between the surface with decorative film and the sur- face without decorative film. Go to a smart Authorized Service Partner to treat or repair the deco- rative film. Notes on external parts maintenance WARNING Risk of being trapped due to enabling wipers while cleaning the windscreen If the wipers begin to move while you are cleaning the windscreens or wiper blades, you may be trapped by the wiper arms. ►Be sure to switch off the wipers and the vehicle before cleaning the windscreen or wiper blades. 182 Maintenance and care

Observe the following notes:

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 184 · Applies to: #1

Parts Cleaning and care Avoid damage to the vehicle. Wheels/tyres Use water and acid-free wheel cleaner. ●Never use acid wheel cleaner to remove the dust caused by braking. It may damage wheel bolts and brake components. ●To prevent the brake disc and brake shoe from being cor- roded, clean the vehicle and drive a few minutes before parking. The brake disc and shoe heats up and dries. Windows Clean the inside and outside of the windows with a damp cloth. Never clean the inside of the windows using the dry cloth, abrasive cleaner or solvent cleaner. Wiper blades Unfold the wiper blades and clean them with a damp cloth. Do not frequently clean the blades. Never use strong solvents. Exterior lighting Clean lamp covers with a damp sponge and a mild cleaner such as vehicle cleaner. Only use the cleaner or cleaning cloth suitable for plastic lamp covers. Vehicle charg- ing socket (high voltage battery) Clean the charging sockets with water and a soft cloth. Never use a high pressure car wash or cleaner, such as soap. Sensor Clean the sensors on the front and rear bumpers and radiator grille using a soft cloth and ve- hicle cleaner. When using a high pressure washer, keep a distance of more than 30 centimeters. Camera Clean the camera lens with water and a soft cloth. Never use a high pressure car wash. aaa Maintenance and care 183

Notes on cleaning the interior

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 185 · Applies to: #1

WARNING Risk of injury from plastic parts breaking off after the use of solvent-based care products Care and cleaning products containing solvents can cause surfaces in the cock- pit to become porous. If the airbags are deployed, plastic parts may break away. ►Never use any care or cleaning prod- ucts containing solvents to clean the cockpit. WARNING Risk of injury or death from bleached seat belts Bleaching or dyeing seat belts can se- verely reduce them. This can, for example, cause seat belts to tear or fail in an accident. ►Never bleach or dye seat belts. Observe the following notes: Parts Cleaning and care Avoid damage to the vehicle. Seat belts Clean with lukewarm, mild de- tergent solution. ●Never use chemical cleaning agents. ●Never dry the seat belt by heating above 80 °C or in di- rect sunlight Displays Carefully clean the surface with a cotton or microfibre cloth ●Switch off the display and let it cool down first. ●It is recommended to enable the Screen cleaning mode be- fore cleaning the display if the centre display is on. ●Never use any other cleaning agent. Plastic trim Clean with a damp microfibre cloth. ●Never attach stickers, films or similar materials. ●Never allow cosmetics, insect repellent or sun cream to come in contact with the plastic trim. Ambient light strip Neutral detergent is required for routine maintenance and cleaning. Keep perfumes, cosmetics, sunscreen and pesticides away from ambient light strips. If grease described above or strong acids and alkalis come in- to contact with ambient light strips, wipe off them in time to avoid cracking the ambient light strips. 184 Maintenance and care

Parts

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 186 · Applies to: #1

Cleaning and care Avoid damage to the vehicle. Roof lining Clean with a brush or dry cleaner. Carpets Use carpet or fabric cleaner Genuine leather seat covers Clean them with a wet cloth and then wipe with a dry cloth. ●Never soak the leather. ●Never use a microfibre cloth. Seat covers Clean with a damp cloth. Never use a microfibre cloth. Imitation leath- er seat covers Clean the entire seat cover with a damp cotton cloth and a 1% soapy water solution. Never use a microfibre cloth. Cloth seat covers Clean the entire seat cover with a damp microfibre cloth and a 1% soapy water solution. aaa Batteries Notes on the 12 V battery WARNING Risk of accident caused by operating the 12 V battery improperly Operating the 12 V battery improperly may cause risks such as short circuit. This can lead to function restrictions in the safety-relevant systems, such as lighting system, anti-lock brake system or electronic stability control system. The operating safety of your vehicle may be restricted. ►In the event of a short circuit or a similar incident, contact a smart Au- thorized Service Partner immediately. ►Do not continue driving. ►It is recommended to have the work related to the 12 V battery carried out at a smart Authorized Service Partner. For safety reasons, it is recommended that you only use the 12 V battery that has been tested and approved by smart for your vehicle. These 12 V batteries provide enhanced impact protection, which can prevent acid burns to the vehicle occu- pants due to 12 V battery damage in the event of an accident. WARNING Risk of explosion from electrostatic accumulation The electrostatic accumulation can cause sparks which may ignite the highly flammable gas mixture in the 12 V battery. ►Before operating the 12 V battery, touch the vehicle metal body part to release any possible electrostatic accumulation. Maintenance and care 185

WARNING Chemical burn caused by

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 187 · Applies to: #1

the 12 V battery acid The 12 V battery acid is corrosive. ►Prevent the 12 V battery acid from contacting the skin, eyes or clothing. ►Do not lean over the 12 V battery. ►Do not inhale the 12 V battery vapour. ►Place the 12 V battery out of the reach of children. ►In case of accidental contact with the 12 V battery acid, flush off the acid thoroughly with plenty of water, and seek medical attention immediately. ENVIRONMENTAL NOTE Environmen- tal damage from improper disposal of batteries Batteries contain pollutants. Do not discard batteries with the house- hold rubbish. ► Dispose of batteries in an environmentally responsible manner. Take discharged batteries to a smart Authorized Service Partner or a used battery recycling point. To disconnect the 12 V battery, contact a smart Authorized Service Partner. When disposing of 12 V batteries, observe the safety notes and take protective measures. Explosive risk. When disposing of 12 V batteries, do not ignite, use naked flame or smoke. Avoid any spark. The electrolyte or 12 V battery acid is corrosive. Protect your skin, eyes or clothing from contacting with electrolyte or acid. Wear appropriate protective cloth- ing, especially protective gloves, apron and mask. If any part of your body is splashed with electrolyte or acid, rinse it with plenty of water immediately and thor- oughly. If necessary, seek medical atten- tion as soon as possible. Wear protective glasses. Keep it away from children. Observe the instructions in the User Manual. If you plan to leave your vehicle unused for an extensive period of time, consult a smart Authorized Service Partner. Start assist and charging the 12 V battery Contact the smart Authorized Service Partner for start assist or charging the battery. Replacing the 12 V battery Contact a qualified service centre, such as a smart Authorized Service Partner, for battery replacement. 186 Maintenance and care

Notes on the high voltage battery

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 188 · Applies to: #1

WARNING Risk of vehicle damage and personnel injury from high volt- age system ►Do not touch, move or disassemble the high voltage battery, orange high voltage cables or any compo- nent with a high voltage warning symbol. ►Do not park the vehicle for an exten- sive period of time in a humid envi- ronment, such as a waterlogged parking lot. WARNING Risk of explosion from ex- cessive internal pressure of the high voltage battery In the event of a vehicle fire, the internal pressure of the high voltage battery could exceed the critical value. In this case, flammable gas may escape through a bleed valve in the vehicle's underbody. The gas can be ignited. ►Stop the charging process immedi- ately in case of unusual odours, smoke or burn marks. ►Leave the danger zone immediately. Secure the danger zone at a suffi- cient distance. ►Call the fire department. The high voltage battery equipped on this vehicle conforms to the ECE R100.03 re- quirements regarding high voltage battery safety. To achieve the longest service life of the high voltage battery, the state of charge should always be kept sufficient. If you need to park the vehicle for a long time, check the state of charge. The high volt- age battery depletes and becomes dam- aged if the vehicle is left unused for a long time. If the vehicle is left unused for a long time, run it for a few minutes every 4 weeks. If the state of charge is low, charge the battery. Explosive risk. When disposing of power bat- teries, do not ignite, use open flame or smoke. Avoid any spark. Electrolyte or power cell acid is corrosive. Protect your skin, eyes or cloth- ing from contacting with electrolyte or acid. Wear appropriate protective clothing, especially protective gloves, apron and mask. If any part of your body is splashed with electrolyte or acid, rinse it with plenty of water immediately and thoroughly. If necessary, seek medical attention as soon as possible. Wear protective glasses. Keep it away from children. Observe the instructions in the User Manual. Maintenance and care 187

Fuses

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 189 · Applies to: #1

Replacing fuses WARNING Accident risk may occur when the user changes the fuse Unauthorized fuse replacement may cause: ►Vehicle damage. ►Fire. For the replacement of all fuses, it is recommended to have the required re- pairs carried out at a smart Authorized Service Partner. Location of fuses Fuse box in the front compartment. Fuse box below the instrument panel . 188 Maintenance and care

Technical data description

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 190 · Applies to: #1

Technical data description All technical data is subject to the official vehicle documentation. All data listed in this manual apply to the vehicle base mod- el without accessories, consult a smart Au- thorized Service Partner for details. Drive form The drive form depends on the trim lines, and this vehicle is available with either rear-wheel drive or four-wheel drive. Electric drive The type and model of electric drive in- stalled in this vehicle are listed in the ve- hicle technical data label or vehicle registration document. WARNING Risks caused by not ob- serving the specified technical data Be sure to use the vehicle strictly ac- cording to the specified technical data. If the specified values such as mass, payload, vehicle size and maximum ve- hicle speed specified in this manual are ignored or exceeded during use, acci- dents may occur and cause personal injury. On-board electronics Notes on unauthorized change of the motor and electronic equipment NOTE Premature wear caused by in- appropriate care Inappropriate care may result in prema- ture wear of vehicle components and cause the vehicle to lose driving permit. ►Always have the repair of electric and electronic equipment and rele- vant components carried out at a smart Authorized Service Partner. Vehicle identification plate, vehicle identification number (VIN) and E-motor serial number Vehicle identification number (VIN) Vehicle identification number (VIN) on the right front seat cross membrane Fold away the floor cover to access the im- printed vehicle identification number (VIN) . Vehicle identification number (VIN) on the lower edge of the windscreen Vehicle identification number (VIN). Read the vehicle identification number (VIN) Technical data 189

Vehicle identification number (VIN) can be

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 191 · Applies to: #1

retrieved by a diagnostic scan tool through the diagnostic system interface. If needed, contact a smart Author- ized Service Partner. Vehicle identification plate The vehicle identification plate is lo- cated on the lower section of the right front side B pillar. Vehicle manufacturer Approval number Vehicle identification number (VIN) Gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) Gross combination weight rating (GCWR) Gross axle weight rating (GAWR) - front Gross axle weight rating (GAWR) - rear The data in the figure is for refer- ence only. The figures are subject to the vehicle delivered. E-motor serial number The model and serial number of the front E-motor are stamped at the bottom of the E-motor housing. The model and serial number label of the rear E-motor is at the bottom of the E-mo- tor housing. Consult a smart Authorized Service Partner for detailed information. The E-motor serial number in the figure is for reference. E-motor serial numbers are different among ve- hicles and may differ from the one shown here. 190 Technical data

Operating fluids

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 192 · Applies to: #1

Note on the operating fluids WARNING Risk of injury caused by harmful operating fluid Operating fluid may be poisonous and hazardous to health. ►Observe the note on the original vessel when using, storing or dis- carding operating fluid. ►Store operating fluid in the original vessel. ►Keep operating fluid out of the reach of children. Operating fluid includes the following liquid: ●Lubricating oil ●Coolant ●Brake fluid ●Windscreen washer fluid Please use smart authorized products. smart warranty does not include damage caused by using unauthorized products. Notes on the brake fluid Observe the notes on operating fluid (→ Page 191). WARNING Risk of accident caused by air trap formed by the brake system Brake fluid absorbs water in air continu- ously. It reduces boiling point of brake fluid. If the boiling point is too low, the brake system may form air trap during strong brake. It reduces brake effect. ►Replace the brake fluid as per stipu- lated interval. Replace the brake fluid at a qualified spe- cialist workshop on a regular basis. Please use smart authorized brake fluids. Coolant Observe the notes on operating fluid (→ Page 191). WARNING Risk of fire and injury caused by coolant Coolant may be ignited if contacting with high temperature parts in the front compartment. ►Cool the power system before add- ing coolant. ►Prevent the coolant from spilling around the filler cap. ►Clean coolant on parts thoroughly before starting the vehicle. NOTE Radiating heat when the out- side temperature is high If an inappropriate coolant is used, it cannot effectively prevent the power system from radiating heat when the outside temperature is high. ►Please use smart authorized coolant. ►Observe notes in the smart operat- ing fluid specification Have the coolant replaced regularly at a smart Authorized Service Partner. Notes on the windscreen washer fluid Observe the notes on operating fluid (→ Page 191). WARNING Risk of fire and injury from windscreen washer concentrate Windscreen washer concentrate is highly flammable. ►Do not ignite, use naked flame, smoke or cause spark when cleaning with windscreen washer concentrate. Technical data 191

NOTE Damage of outside lighting by

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 193 · Applies to: #1

inappropriate windscreen washer fluid Inappropriate windscreen washer fluid may damage plastic surface of outside lighting. ►Use windscreen washer fluid appli- cable to plastic surface. NOTE Nozzle blockage caused by mixed windscreen washer fluid ►Never mix different windscreen washer fluid. Frozen washer fluid can prevent the washer system from functioning due to cold climate. If the washer fluid lines are frozen, never use the wash- er to avoid damage. Do not use the wiper when there is no washer fluid in the washer fluid tank, oth- erwise the service life of the wiper will be reduced. When the temperature is lower than the freezing point, use the washer fluid con- taining antifreeze to avoid freezing of the washer pump, washer fluid tank and wash- er pipeline. Refrigerant Observe the notes on operating fluid (→ Page 191). NOTE Damage caused by inappropri- ate refrigerant If an unauthorized refrigerant is used, the air conditioning control system may be damaged. ►Only use the approved refrigerant. NOTE Air conditioning control sys- tem damage caused by inappropri- ate air conditioning compressor oil ►Only use smart authorized air condi- tioning compressor oil. ►Never mix authorized air condition- ing compressor oil with other oil. The refrigerant instruction label is located in the front compartment. Hazard and maintenance warning symbol Direct contact is prohibited Refrigerant model Refrigerant filling volume The symbol is a warning for the follow- ing situations: ●Possible hazard. ●Please have the maintenance carried out at a smart Authorized Service Partner. Refrigerant filling volume Model Refrigerant Heat pump 950 g ± 20 g Non-heat pump 500 g ± 20 g 192 Technical data

Air conditioning compressor oil filling

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 194 · Applies to: #1

volume Model Air conditioning compressor oil Heat pump 300 g Non-heat pump 150 g Vehicle parameters Vehicle dimensions Item Without sport kit With sport kit Length 4270 mm 4300 mm Width (without the rear- view mirrors) 1822 mm Height (without the roof rails) 1636 mm Wheelbase 2750 mm Front wheel track 1585 mm Rear wheel track 1590 mm aaa Vehicle performance specifications Mechanical performance Item Specification Maximum speed 180 km/h Minimum turning radius 5400 mm aaa Technical data 193

Passability

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 195 · Applies to: #1

Item Without sport kit With sport kit Approach angle 18.2° 16.1 ° Departure angle 30.5 ° 29.5 ° Maximum incline 35% aaa Item 235 / 45 R19 Minimum ground clearance No load Full load 182 mm 160 mm aaa : Maximum incline test conditions are as follows: ●On a dry road ●Within the gross vehicle weight rating ●At sea level ●Not towing a trailer Suspension system specifications Vehicle alignment specification Item Specification Front wheel camber angle -46’ ± 39’ Rear wheel camber angle -64’ ± 30’ Kingpin inclination angle 13.54° ± 0.5° Kingpin caster angle 5.0° ± 0.5° Front wheel toe 5.1’ ± 3’ Rear wheel toe 3.6’ ± 3’ Wheel alignment specifications are measured under vehicle delivery load state (standard equipment, with all the necessary oil and fluids). aaa 194 Technical data

Weight and payload

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 196 · Applies to: #1

Item Rear wheel drive vehicles All wheel drive vehicles Kerb weight 1780 kg 1800 kg 1900 kg Maximum laden mass - total 2205 kg 2270 kg 2370 kg Maximum laden mass - front 956 kg 951 kg 1052 kg Maximum laden mass - rear 1249 kg 1319 kg 1318 kg Maximum axle load - front 1100 kg Maximum axle load - rear 1350 kg aaa Battery specifications Besides state of charge and ambient tem- perature, charging capacity also deter- mines the charge time. The charging capacity depends on the supply voltage, the current intensity and the type of power supply. High voltage battery specifications Item Specification 1 Specification 2 Rated voltage 392 V 380 V Rated capacity 169 A·h 130.5 A·h Number of cores 107 120 Weight (without coolant) 390 kg 409.5 kg aaa 12 V battery specifications Item Specification Rated voltage 12 V Rated capacity 50 A·h aaa Technical data 195

E-motor specifications

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 197 · Applies to: #1

Item E-motor specifications TZ220XSA01 TZ220XSA02 TZ180XSB01 Peak power 200 kW 115 kW Maximum rotation speed 16500 RPM 16000 RPM Peak torque 343 N·m 200 N·m Rated power 75 kW 41 kW Rated rotation speed 5345 RPM 4950 RPM Rated torque 134 N·m 80 N·m Rated voltage 400 V aaa Brake system specifications Brake parameters Item Specification Brake fluid DOT4 Brake pedal full travel 119 mm Brake pedal free travel 2 - 8 mm Replace the brake fluid regularly to guarantee the efficiency of the brake sys- tem. It is recommended to have the brake fluid replaced at a smart Authorized Service Partner. aaa Reasonable service range of the brake friction sets Item Specification Front wheel Rear wheel Standard thickness of the brake disc Rear wheel drive: 28 mm 20 mm All wheel drive: 30 mm 196 Technical data

Item

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 198 · Applies to: #1

Specification Front wheel Rear wheel Minimum safety thickness of the brake disc Rear wheel drive: 25 mm 18 mm All wheel drive: 27 mm Standard thickness of the brake pad Rear wheel drive: 16.5 mm 15.5 mm All wheel drive: 18 mm Minimum safety thickness of the brake pad Rear wheel drive: 8.5 mm 7.5 mm All wheel drive: 9 mm Minimum safety thickness of the brake pad 3 mm 2 mm *: thickness includes the back plate. : brake lining thickness without the back plate. aaa Wheel dynamic balance requirement Item Specification Single side residue valve ≤8 g aaa Recommended tyre pressure Item Specification No load Full load 235 / 45 R19 250 kPa 290 kPa aaa Technical data 197

Seat specifications

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 199 · Applies to: #1

Front seat parameters Item Electric adjustment of front seats Manual adjustment of front seats Designed seat position Slide the seat forward by 50 mm from its rear most position Slide the seat forward by 50 mm from its rear most position Longitudinal range of ad- justment of the seat 210 mm forward or 50 mm backward from the de- signed seat position 210 mm forward or 50 mm backward from the de- signed seat position Designed seat backrest angle 44° forward from the rear most position 44° forward from the rear most position Range of adjustment of the seat backrest 28° forward or 44° back- ward from the designed seat backrest angle 28° forward or 44° back- ward from the designed seat backrest angle Designed seat cushion position Adjust the seat cushion upward by 32.5 mm from its bottom position Adjust the seat cushion upward by 32.5 mm from its bottom position Range of adjustment of the seat cushion 32.5 mm upward or 32.5 mm downward from the designed seat cushion position 32.5 mm upward or 32.5 mm downward from the designed seat cushion position *: when measuring the cushion depth. aaa Second row seat parameters Item Middle seat Outboard seats Designed seat position The seat's rear most position The seat's rear most position Longitudinal range of ad- justment of the seat Fixed seat: N/A Fixed seat: N/A Sliding seat: 130 mm for- ward from the designed seat position Sliding seat: 130 mm for- ward from the designed seat position Designed seat backrest angle The rear most position of the seat backrest The rear most position of the seat backrest 198 Technical data

Item

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 200 · Applies to: #1

Middle seat Outboard seats Range of adjustment of the seat backrest Fixed seat: can be put down forward Fixed seat: can be put down forward Sliding seat: 26° forward from the designed seat backrest angle and then laid flat Sliding seat: 26° forward from the designed seat backrest angle and then laid flat aaa Users can adjust the second row seats to the appropriate position ac- cordingly and the rear most posi- tions of the seat and the seat backrest are the designed positions. Technical data 199

Detailed publishing information

Smart_No1_2023_User_Manual.pdf · p. 201 · Applies to: #1

Internet For more information about smart vehicle and smart Authorized Service Partner, visit the smart official website: https://smart.pronet.my Vehicle manufacturer Zhejiang Haoqing Automobile Manufactur- ing (Xi’an Branch) Co., Ltd. 666 Geely Avenue, Jingwei New Town, Economy and Technology Development Zone, Xi’an, Shanxi Province Finalization date October, 2023

uk.smart.com/en/models/hashtag-one/

smart #1 - Discover the sophisticated electric compact SUV | smart

uk.smart.com/en/models/hashtag-one/ · p. 1 · Applies to: #1

smart at first sight Compact dimensions, sleek curves, signature LED lighting and a distinct silhouette make a unique design statement that’s unmistakeably smart. Feeling: Good All shapes and alignments follow the gentle movement of a single wave form, which enhances the spacious feel on the inside and proves that practicality can be a thing of beauty. All-electric with an attitude All-electric means effortless performance and a smooth ride thanks to quick charging times, confident range and a constantly developing charging infrastructure. In other words: 100% enjoyment and convenience delivered in a truly responsible way. Seamlessly connected Intuitive connectivity and entertainment, as well as intelligent driver assistance and a comprehensive service package will support you and your smart #1 — anywhere, any time.